I was wearing my favorite dangly earrings that looked like a tiny model of the solar system with only 3 planets. I had a three-quarter sleeved top that showed off my breasts that were small and yet seemed to fit my frame. I heard loud voices behind me and turned to see what the commotion was about and saw my mother and sisters coming toward me, shouting and pointing at me. I covered my face and yelled nooooooo.
I was wearing my favorite dangly earrings that looked like a tiny model of the solar system with only 3 planets. I had a three-quarter sleeved top that showed off my breasts that were small and yet seemed to fit my frame. I heard loud voices behind me and turned to see what the commotion was about and saw my mother and sisters coming toward me, shouting and pointing at me. I covered my face and yelled nooooooo.
I was floating. At least in my bunk and only as far as the restraining sheet would allow. I suppose that the transport was in between powered flight and docked at the end of the sky bridge. I should have been asleep but the dream that visits me whenever I am fearful, uncertain, looking into the abyss or otherwise about to set out on a journey to into the unknown had launched me from sleep to wide awake in an instant. I was in line at some sort of small eatery. I looked at my reflection in the mirror behind the counter and was pleased. My short-ish, boy-ish hair had a single curl that outlined my right eye. My makeup was a retro-look with deep red lips and well defined eyes. I was wearing my favorite dangly earrings that looked a tiny model of the solar system with only 3 planets. I had a three-quarter sleeved top that showed off my breasts that were small and yet seemed to fit my frame. I was wondering why my order was taking so long. I heard loud voices behind me and turned to see what the commotion was about and saw my mother and sisters coming toward me, shouting and pointing at me. I covered my face and yelled nooooooo.
I always wake up at the same place, just when my family confronts me with questions about why I look like a girl, what is wrong with me? Don’t I know how this looks? Don’t I know what people will say? What it will do to the family?
That’s when I run from sleep. I fussed around my compartment and organized my things. I put them, as per the instructions on the hard cases, in the indicated slots, shut the bags and re-checked the nametags. Evans, W. L./ T.I./ B.I. 2051/ Co. D./ Camp Lang. At 05:30 ship time the vid-panel on the compartment door lit up and announced “Recruit Evans stand by to debark. Follow the color coded guide lights to the coach for descent to the surface.” It was time to take the final steps from the civilian rat-race to the life-and-death business of being a bottom rung member of the Federation Space Forces on Smithson. I ‘knew’ what I was getting into, at least at the level of an outsider but I was about to find out the on-the-ground reality. I was willingly going to subject myself to the tests and trials that I hopped would let me find out just who I was and what I could be. Looking back, I really had no idea just how much I would learn about who I am and what I could do.
Hurry up and wait. I think I read or heard somewhere that this is the most fundamental, most common part of every military since the formation of first company of cavemen. It has not changed. We waited in the couches in the lounge as we slid down the carbon cable from orbit to the surface. We waited for transport to the base. We waited in the auditorium until the officers came in and told us what we were going to do today and for the next year. It turns out that I cherish waiting, now I long for a few minutes of down time. Who knew?
Funny enough, the first thing the FSF wanted to know was just who I was, what I knew and what I could do. I hoped that in the process I might find out too. First came the demographics. I found myself standing in only my skin in a cylinder being scanned and measured: Recruit Trooper William Lee Evans, 60 Kg, 190 Cm (130lb/6’3”). I looked at the ghost of my reflection in the walls of the cylinder. I looked even thinner than I was in a mirror; more like my mental body image. My male parts were so small and had retreated so much due to the chilly temperature as to be missing altogether. No wonder I had an identity problem. Every night in assessment center the Dream was a frequent visitor. I was glad to have a room to myself.
I found that I was medically in good shape. I found out (already knew) that I was more emotive, creative and intuitive than 90% of the human male population. I found that I was only as strong as the weakest 10% of the human male population (I already suspected this). The test revealed that I could learn and come to grips with difficult and unusual concepts, although I thought my early education assessments would have shown that.
The psychological inventories and interviews were exhausting. Of course the game is to only show those traits and tendencies that put you in the best possible light (really, I’m not crazy or a psychopath) and their task is to see through the obfuscations. All I could hope was that I didn’t come out looking like two people.
After 20 days of this analysis apparently I was deemed useful to the FSF and given a seat on an atmospheric transport to Camp Cynthia Ling, a small piece of hell on Smithson.
My sister Cho and I were at a park near our home in mid summer. I was in my mid teens and she was going to go off to university in the fall. We had been coming to exercise using the circuit training stops as well as running laps on the trails and walkways through the park. I was face down on the ground stretching when from behind me I heard an obnoxious snarl.
“What is it? It doesn’t have big boobs but it looks like a girl!” came from a boy who was talking to his pack of three thugs who laughed and pushed and punched each other in the arm. ”She’s got a nice body and really long legs. I think she wants it doggy style” he said.
I ignored him. I kept my head still as I swept what I could see with my eyes looking for the best direction to get away. If I could get a few steps on them I thought I could get away.
“I wonder if it’s a deaf mute? I wonder if it just needs some of this?” he said as he grabbed his crotch.
I pulled my feet under my knees, grabbed a couple of hands-full of dirt and got ready to run.
“Is there a problem miss?” asked a voice from someone I couldn’t see.
“I hope not” was all I could say and turned around to find a Municipal Peacekeeper and Cho standing behind the thugs.
“Why don’t you fellows move on to somewhere other than the park?” suggested the peacekeeper.
“Thank you officer,” said my sister. “I saw those four watching us the last time we ran through this part of the trail.”
We finished our workout and as we walked home I said “I’m sure glad the officer stopped those jerks before they got a chance to do anything.”
“I saw them coming our way and while you were working on the bars, I went looking for a peacekeeper and luckily found one coming into the park” said Cho.
“Do I look like a girl?” I asked
“Well, with your hair in a pony tail and those loose sweats, you do look more girlish than guyish. But for you I don’t think that’s a bad thing,” she said
“What do you mean? I’m a guy aren’t I?” I said
“Yes, but I think inside there’s a lot of girl in you,” said Cho.
I didn’t say anything in response, just thought back on our days when we were all girls together playing in our yard.
Did really want to be a girl? Was I unhappy being a boy? I couldn’t work out my feelings in answer to my question. I did envy my sisters curvy bodies; mine was like a stick figure. I found the parts hanging between my legs a bother, except when I gave my self pleasure, but my sisters could do that too and didn’t have thing flopping around where they could get hurt.
I realized several things that day. I had to pay attention to my surroundings or I could be seriously injured. I didn’t want to turn into a typical ego-on-legs male and I wasn’t sure if I wanted to be a woman but I was more attracted to them than to guys. I might be somewhat sexually attracted to guys.
Maybe if I went out into the universe and pushed myself I would find out who and what I really am.
Be careful what you wish for.
I was the third child in my family. I have two sisters: Cho, +3 years and Zoey, +6 years older. They were sufficiently older so that I was more of a play-toy than a playmate. They were happy to have a live, live-in dress-up doll. I was happy to be dressed just like they were. Cho and Zoey called me Lee because they said that William was too boyish when I was dressed in a smock or sundress. Mom didn’t seem to mind, but she was busy at work in her studio and didn’t care what we did as long as we didn’t interrupt her. Father was a donor with promising genetic markers.
I was heartbroken when mom made me stop wearing my girls clothes when I went out of the house. She told me that other people would get mad at me for not looking and acting like a boy should. It is interesting how a few words from someone you love and look up to for guidance and protection can affect your life.
Our “house” on base held 40 troops: 22 females and 18 males. I had never seen so many geeky, skinny people in one place. It was like all of the guys leftover from a dozen pick-up flag-tag games decided to show up in one place. The funny thing to me at the time was that all of us, male and female, were of similar body type. Another thing was that there wasn’t the male-female tension that you might expect when so many bodies share minimalist living conditions. After the first week we all had seen plenty of each other in our underwear and believe me there wasn’t much to see. The largest breast was a modest B cup. The largest “package” could have been mailed in a small manila envelope.
We were all from human settlements: Earth, Mars, Luna, New Hope, Stewart, Persia and the Lagrange habitats from several systems. All of us came from near 1G planets so there wasn’t much difference in our nascent physical abilities. The drill instructors set about changing that. We ran and walked and ran and swam and ran and pushed-up and ran and pulled-up and ran and slithered and ran and crawled and ran. I have never before or since expended so much energy, consumed so many calories and physically changed so little.
Next we entered close confinement conditioning (CCC) A.K.A. the tubes. We thought we were turning into human hamsters because we spent so many hours crawling through tubes of varying sizes from those that you could walk in to those that you had to inch-worm through with your arms stretched out like you were diving into a pool. To make things more interesting, as we became faster (hamsters?) humsters, the tubes became mazes and we had to get through them in groups rather that as individuals. About the time you felt you got the hang of things, “variations” were introduced: blinding light to total darkness; cold that went from freezing to 1st degree burns; 0G to 3G oriented apparently randomly. This was not a place for the claustrophobic. We lost five of our number due to the tubes.
Of course we were not physically ready for these types of activities. At first I thought the pain would kill me outright. That’s when I really got to know my bunkmates. Sean claimed that he had been through some of this before and assured me that I would survive (I ha’m’doots). Suaad passed out vitamin C and herbal creams that revived us for another day. Surviving suffering builds trust and friendships and we begin to tell and listen to each other’s stories. Also the phrase you rub my back and I’ll rub your became a reality. It went beyond message therapy for the pain, knots and cramps. Being gently stroked, rubbed, caressed and brushed does wonders for the psyche. It kept me going when I wanted to run away — how could I do that to Suaad or Sean, they were depending on me as I depended on both of them.
One night just after lights-out, Suaad whispered: “Lee are you awake?”
“Yes, I hurt too much to get comfortable,” I whispered back.
“Would you rub out the knots in my back and legs? I’ll return the favor,” she whispered.
I slid out of my bunk and knelt down next to her bed.
“Do you have any thing to rub into your muscles?” I asked.
“Here, use this. I’ve been holding the tube next to me to warm up,” she said.
I squeezed some into my hand and then reached under her coverlet to start on her shoulders and back. I kneaded her shoulders and up and down her spine paying attention to her soft grunts and intake of breath.
“Now work on my legs,” she whispered.
I started with her butt and worked down to her feet and was rewarded with “Mmmms” of pleasure. I didn’t think anything of not finding any clothing getting in the way of my massage. After about 30 minutes of this I had rubbed her for top to toe.
“Get out of your shorts and lay on your front,” she said,
I did and she returned the favor. I somehow ended up in Suaad’s pants, I mean her underwear and she in mine. We both had SEGs (Sh.. Eating Grins) the next morning as we exchanged garments. I enjoyed sleeping in her panties, it reminded of childhood joys.
Sean Gunn was a “wee stick” of a lad who was 10 Cm shorter than me and 2 Cm shorter than Suaad. He was more like the caber than the highlander who tosses it. He said he was yet one more in a very long line of Gunns who made the military their vocation, going all the way back to the highlanders in Earth’s history (or so he claimed). Suaad was from Persia and was in the FSF so she could have a clean break from the repressive culture that had been transplanted and distilled on Persia from the middle east of Earth.
The hours when we weren’t doing PT, we were learning the rules, regulations, customs and history of the FSF and the Earth-based military that was its precursor. Oh yea, there was a lot of time learning-by-doing on how to make everything FSF clean and in FSF shape. It wasn’t enough to keep your own gear in FSF shape you had to keep an eye on every thing. The Drill Instructors went out of their way to find any reason to add extra PT or cleaning to everyone to drive home the message that we had to work together and figure a way to get everyone to pull together as well as pull their weight.
We started weapons training the second week, both armed and unarmed, with low and high tech tools to kill and maim. I wished that I had known some of the simpler unarmed techniques when I was in my early teens when I was the subject of guys who seemed to be looking for someone to use as contrast to prove their manhood. The contrast between the ancient hand-to-hand techniques and the super high tech smart weapon made for mental whiplash. Sean was 2nd best shooter and Suaad was tops in unarmed techniques. It turns out I have an affinity to edged weapons and sticks. We had 3 more dropouts who didn’t meet the minimum qualifications for weapons and unarmed combat.
We didn’t have any badass drill instructors all through boot training. We did have exacting taskmasters. They were effective at getting us to do what they wanted and only rarely had to raise their voice. We learned early on that happy, or at least not displeased sergeants, meant more time to recover from the extreme physical exertions.
I wasn’t visited by the Dream, I didn’t recall dreaming at all during the whole of boot camp.
D company, 2051 Instructional Battalion graduated 32 Troopers. Eight of our members left on their own or were injured and sent back into the training battalion. The rest of us were sent to specialization schools to learn how to use and maintain heavy weapons, communications, surveillance and field medical systems. The idea is that everyone should be qualified to operate at least two systems.
![]() Galaxy Cluster MACS J0717
|
FSF Trooper
Part 2.1 By JulieH 20091019 Thank you once again, Katherine Day for suggestion and editing. |
The first night in the mountains I realized that we had not planned very well. We had covered about 25 Km and work up a sweat doing it. That night the temperature dropped below water’s freezing point and we ended up in joined sleeping bags bodies pressed together to conserve heat.
We moved into barracks that were arranged in two-beds per room and four rooms per bathroom/shower. There were two study stations with holo I/O and limited net connections. Sean and I had one room; Suaad and Jo Two-Trees, another survivor of 2051D, were in another. The troops in the other rooms in our quad were from 2051E, another boot company. The wall next to our beds could display images to provide some little bit personal decoration. I had set up a series of windows showing scenes from New Hope, my home planet. Sean had images from the mountains (he called them highlands) of Stewart.
For the next quarter one or two days per 5-day was spent in field problems in all sorts of terrain and the remainder in classes such as Xeno-Cultures, Comm Methods, Ships Systems and a nonhuman language. I got to learn Howler. That’s what we called the language of the m’Gock, one of the first xeno-cultures human-kind came across on our trip to the stars. They are warm-blooded, mammalian in that they give birth to live young. They are ambi-gendered: depending on the circumstances any m’Gock can gestate and deliver baby mGock. They look like giant Howler monkeys in clothes and jewelry. They are very even-tempered, gregarious vegetarians and specialize in first contacts. That’s why they were waiting for us when our first exploratory ship emerged from fold space.
For the first time since setting foot on Smithson, we had down time: 2 days (20 hrs) off every 8th day. I was anxious to keep in shape and hitched rides on hoppers into the range of mountains on the military reservation so that I could hike and camp in the thinner atmosphere. I asked for companions for my outings from our quad. Sean went with me for the first two times. He said the mountains reminded him of home.
The first night in the mountains I realized that we had not planned very well. We had covered about 25 Km and work up a sweat doing it. That night the temperature dropped below water’s freezing point and we ended up in joined sleeping bags bodies pressed together to conserve heat. I enjoyed the closeness and I thought Sean did as well because one of his hands was on my hip as we slept like spoons in a drawer. He was very quiet as we hiked back to our pickup point. I guessed that he wasn’t comfortable with our sleeping arrangements. I didn’t press him because I thought that he’d talk about it when he worked through it.
However on our second trip, Sean insisted that we pack warmer gear in separate bags.
Suaad and Jo joined me on the next hike, this time to a high desert area. I made sure that we had plenty of the right gear.
I planned for us to cover about 20 Km from the drop point to a crater lake where we would swim and hike around the lake before coming back to the pickup point the next evening.
We started off walking at an easy pace so that we could warm our muscles and stretch them before confronting the 300 m rise to the valley where we would camp.
“Should I call you William, Will, Bill, Lee or what?” asked Jo as we settled into a ground covering pace.
“That depends” I said “When I got called William I knew I was in trouble. My sisters called me Lee. No one has ever called me Will or Bill. I don’t care, just don’t call me late for chow.”
“Why don’t we use Lee like your sisters do?” Asked Suaad.
“That’s fine by me” I said.
Neither Suaad nor Jo had brothers but Jo had two sisters: one older one younger and Suaad four older sisters.
“Why do so many guys have sexy legs?” asked Jo.
“I think we worry our legs into strange shapes. Guys don’t think about theirs at all and they look great.” Said Suaad.
“Since I don’t shave my legs, I don’t spend much time looking at them or running my hands over them.” I said
“I could do that for you — running my hands over your legs.” Said Jo.
“I can tell you that he feels good from first hand experience,” said Suaad with a jiggle.
“I think we have about 10K to go before I need a rub down,” I replied
“Lead on,” said Suaad
“We’ll be right behind you enjoying the view,” teased Jo
I had never been the object on anyone’s attention and hoped that my tanned skin hid my blush as I felt the blood rush to my face.
We arrived at the lake shore about solar noon or 1230 FSFT, got our our HUTs (Habitat, Universal, Trooper) linked them together and set about putting together a meal from MRE plus spices and condiments to make them tolerable. A walk around the lake was in order to aid digestion and see what was around the bend.
“There’s fish in our lake! Earth variety Bass and pan fish!” It looked like Jo was almost ready to jump in after them as she announced her discovery.
“What else would you expect from a Terra-forming operation?” I asked. Smithson had been a geologically mature liken- and algae-covered orb a few hundred years ago when the Federation Exploration Service (FES) stumbled on it and started the process to make it fit for oxygen breathing, moderate temperature tolerating beings.
The result of her discovery was 6 fish of various sizes and species became the main dish of our evening meal in place of reconstituted something in the MREs. The way the fish came to the meal was very interesting indeed.
Just after she made the announcement of the presence of bass, Jo took off for a strand of trees that went down to the water’s edge. She collected several long skinny sticks, sharpened an end to a point on each and handed Suaad and me a couple and said “lets go get supper.” And stripped to her skin and headed for the lake. Suaad and I looked at each other, I shrugged and got out of my clothes and she did likewise and we followed Jo into the water.
“OK, just what are we going to do with these sticks?” I asked.
“Spear fish” was Jo’s response as she dove under water.
It turns out that fish that have never seen a human don’t know how dangerous a predator we are. The result was a good super of fish baked over a bed of coals.
The lake water was cold and although refreshing, it was good to get out and head back to camp. I was last out and as I started to dress I noticed that I had panties and short shorts, looked up and saw Jo and Suaad grinning at me. Two (or more) can play the teasing game so I pulled on Jo’s clothes and my shoes and grinned back.
“He is special,” Jo said to Suaad. “I told you so” was her reply as we walked back to camp.
I couldn’t have gotten away with calling their bluff if Jo wasn’t close to my size, but she was and I to the chance to try to pull it off.
It is amazing how close the stars look on a clear night in a place with no light pollution. We lay on our back and talked about our homes and families and what we expected to get from our hitch in FSF.
“Females are just another form of livestock on Persia” was Suaad’s comment.
“You can’t mean that” was my response.
“Do you know what female circumcision is?” she asked?
I was baffled; I had no idea what part of a woman could be circumcised. I had studied female anatomy and a little first hand experience from show-me-yours-I’ll-show-you-mine with my sisters, but what was the skin to be cut off?
“No I don’t,” I admitted
“Take off your underpants,” she ordered me as she started to strip out of her clothes as well.
She came over to me and said; “may I touch you?”
“Sure.” I said. I trusted her completely and was curious to see what she was going to do.
She put a lamp between my legs, reached for my penis and at her touch it started to enlarge. She smiled but said “You aren’t circumcised; see how the skin covers the tip?” I nodded.
“If I pull the skin up and cut it here.” She mimicked a scissors cutting the skin with fingers of her other hand and I reflexively winced.
Then she faced me and opened her legs, arranged the lamp to shine on her crotch and tugged at the hood of skin over her clitoris and repeated the scissors cutting motion on the raised skin.
My eyes must have been big as saucers. I know my mouth had formed an “ooww” as in NO!
“This was my choice: Stay at home and eventually have my ability to have pleasurable sensations before I was forced to marry someone I had never met, who could beat, abandon or even kill me on a whim or leave. I didn’t want to trade one form of hopeless situation for another; which is what would happen if I joined any off-Persia workforce as an unskilled, uneducated worker drone. The FSF gives me the chance to make my own future,” Suaad said as she lay back on her sleeping pad.
“When peoples cut themselves off from the mother, the Creator, they take out their pain and frustrations on those close to hand,” Jo said in the silence that followed.
“On Pueblo we believe that every thing and everyone has a purpose, a reason for being, an intrinsic value, something to offer the world that no other can provide,” she said.
I was amazed at this sophisticated philosophy.
“What about you pretty boy? Why are you here?” Jo asked and I could see her teeth reflect the lamp light as she smiled.
“I want to find out who I am. I know that sounds lame but that’s it,” I said
“I was wondering the same thing the first week of boot too. Is it a boy or girl? It talks and moves sometimes like a boy and sometimes like a girl. Then I thought, so what? What kind of person is this? So I asked Suaad,” Said Jo
“I told her you were OK. In fact better than OK, you were aware of the people around you and what was happening to them and tried to make things better. You let your feelings show. I mean more than just fear, frustration or humor. Those times when you were just there, when you gently squeezed my arm or smiled at me. I wondered whether you were a psychopath or a for-real nice person. As I got to know you I figured out that you are a nice person.” As Suaad said this she moved beside me and put her arms around me. As I reached my arms around her I felt Jo’s arm come around me and saw the other go around Suaad.
We spent the rest of the evening touching, rubbing, kissing and sometimes licking each other. We did get a few hours of sleep.
The next morning Jo asked: “Would you like to wear some of my clothes?”
“Do you want to wear some of mine?” I replied.
“Yes,” she said.
“Then yes for me too,” I said.
We traded shorts and underwear and Jo handed me a sports bra.
For the first time in a long time I felt at peace as we hiked back to the pick-up point. I was reluctant to return her clothing when we stopped a few klicks short of the outpost where we would find our ride.
“Let’s just swap shorts, you can give me the rest when we get back to our quad” was Jo’s answer.
The thing about aliens is that they are, well, alien.
“M’Evans, do you know of any alien cultures on old Earth?”
The question was directed at me by Dr. T’Bahn Pligree, an M’Gock who was lecturing on the characteristic of zeno-cultures.
“I know that almost all of the members of the Confederation of Worlds has a contingent on Earth,” was my response.
“Yes but I said OLD Earth, I meant pre-interstellar travel Earth,” he said.
“I don’t recall hearing of any alien cultures in Earth’s history,” I said.
“Do you have any knowledge of the perspectives of both the expanding cultures and those visited by these 'explorers' in the second millennia C.E. on Earth?” M’T’Bahn prompted.
A light went on in my brain — alien is relative and doesn’t have to be extra-terrestrial. I remembered that in the vids and other materials we were assigned to review told of how, back on Earth, there were thousands and thousands of different cultures and of the difficulties of one culture had understanding the forces shaping another.
“What was one of the fundamental difficulties that impeded the efforts of the North American country, the United States of America, in the 20th and 21st centuries to establish and maintain colonialism on economically smaller countries?” he asked.
“According to what I learned in the course materials, the cultural differences in social organizations such as family and tribe; implicit social hierarchy and indigenous economic structures were pretty much ignored and as a result, in the long run the pre-conflict cultures prevailed.” was my text-book response.
“Say that in Standard,” M’T’Bahn said and seemed to hick-up, which is how M’Gock laughter sounds.
“Well, it looks like there were two conflicts going on. The military conflict where the local forces had the advantage due to knowledge of terrain and the motivation to drive off the invader and the culture war where again the external force was at a disadvantage because it didn’t offer solutions to the needs of the local peoples that meshed with the ways things were always done.” I said.
“Better, but why didn’t occupying a territory cause it to conform to the wishes of the occupying force?” He asked.
“I don’t know,” was my response.
“When one looks at this conquest and occupy strategy, in every case, eventually the pre-existing cultures re-established their supremacy, even if it takes nearly a century to do so. Indigenous cultures that are long lived have addressed and found solutions to the primary questions of survival for that people so when outsiders 'take control' and try to implement changes, unless they meet the same survival issues, they are ignored and-or resisted,” Dr. T’Bahn said.
“The first step to understanding any culture is to learn how that culture addresses the basic requirements for sustaining the culture. First is the survival of the species from generation to generation. Next is the survival of the ecosystem in which the culture exists. There are an almost infinite number of variations that address these issues. The means and ways that a culture solves these requirements form the foundations upon which the culture is built,” he continued.
“Why does a desert culture or a tropical island culture have their particular worldview? The answers can be found in the way resources needed to survive are consumed and as well as conserved within the boundaries of the ecosystem and also the interface with neighboring cultures.
Dr. T'Bahn paused, noticing the puzzled look on my face. I thought I understood him, but I was slow to feel the full impact of his explanation.
“I see you're still wondering, my friend,” he said.
Then he continued:
“Look at my people, the M’Gock for example. They come from a planet that was originally 90% covered by what would be called tropical jungle on Earth. The effort needed to collect sufficient food and shelter for the procreating unit, the extended family in this case from 5 to 10 adults and an equal number of young, was about 4 time units per day. This left a lot of time for other things and according to our histories; it took a several near-extinction events to cause us to produce a means to include population limitations as a necessary component of the family and therefore species survival.”
His voice grew more serious; now, I felt, he was getting to the nub of the matter.
“The basic way that my species dealt with this issue was an evolutionary adaption: we change genders. As the number of offspring approaches the number of adults in the family, the gender of the group becomes homogenous, either all male or female. If there is sufficient external pressure from neighboring families, then the move is to male gender, if the local resources would lead to prolific procreation, the family unit becomes female to enable the nurturing of both the family members and the ecosystem as well.
“Although you humans may think this a most bizarre arrangement, we don’t understand why every species hasn’t come to this arrangement.
“This trait informs our every concept and stereotype and is the basis for our perspective of the universe. In fact we see human’s duality of gender as an evolutionary defect,” he concluded.
The sessions with Dr. T’Bahn didn’t break my stereotypes as much as illuminated them, which also revealed their limits. Stereotypes are good to have otherwise everything you encounter would have to be examined and fit into the way we understand the world. If you had to do that for everything you encounter you would quickly succumb to sensory and cognitive overload. The thing is to recognize when you use stereotype filter and recognize its limits.
Special thanks to Miya Jeahle and Anne Mouse for critiques & editing. Good stories happen because of good editing.
Imagine that - part (1)
There was someplace she could go and be safe. There was a place where she could be herself and not spend every waking moment being invisible.
This is a fan-fiction set on Terahnar the world created by L.E. Modesitt for his Imager series. I have no rights to any of it and don’t claim to. I just wanted to see what a story about a MTF transgender person set in the time just after Rex Regis consolidated Lydar into Solidar would be like.
Special thanks to Miya Jeahle and Anne Mouse for critiques & editing. Good stories happen because of good editing.
(1)
The world had changed overnight.
There was someplace she could go and be safe. There was a place where she could be herself and not spend every waking moment being invisible.
Once upon a time, in a tiny village in what was the Kingdom of Antiago and now part of a new land that stretched from sea to sea call Solidar, a young person was born to a crofter – a tenant farmer for a not very successful “Saihib” or lord. From an early age he was a bundle of confusion. Although his body had all the parts that identified him as male, he knew in his heart and his mind that he was more she than he. The only good thing was that there were mostly girls in surrounding families and in his family his two siblings, one older by two years, the other, a year younger, were sisters. As he was growing up, he didn’t mind wearing his older sister’s hand-me-down clothes. In fact even as he grew taller than Odela he selected jumpers and overalls like those she wore. He just whished that he could wear the occasional dress or skirt and blouse that she got to wear when they went to events at the Saihib’s grand house or the services at the temple.
They had named “him” Joli which was the name of a flowering bush in Pharsi, the original language of his mother and he liked to think about being as pretty as a flower. When the children would play in the nearby woods, he loved to put flowers in his hair and help with the pretend meals. In the warm weather they would splash around in the stream in their birthday suits then dry off by lying in the moss on the slope of the hill above the stream. He carefully looked at Odela’s body because she was starting have curves and little mounds under her breasts. He wanted so much to be just like her.
Joli would spend evenings working with his sisters with sewing or knitting and going over his letters and numbers under his mother’s instruction. They would learn the names and phrases in both Bovarian, the language of Antiago, and Pharsi, mother’s native tongue.
He and his sisters spent wonderful nights listening to the legends and stories of the ancient imagers who built whole cities by just thinking about them or changing the path of rivers. Then there were the stories about The daughter of the big silver moon Seliora, and her cosort, protector, lover, Erion, the hunter and lesser moon.
He had a talent for fixing things of keeping them working more so than plowing a straight furrow or hefting bundles of hay onto the cart or lugging bushels of apples or potatoes during the harvest. He was also a much better cook than Odela who was better help at harvesting the crops. His part was to lead the horse as it pulled the wagon across the fields or through the orchard and his younger sister would keep the crop stacked neatly in the wagon.
Besides his femaleness, he had to hide that he believed that he might be an imager because he could wish that something was a certain way and it would be the way he imagined. Not big things but little things. Last fall one of the traces on the wagon came apart when he was at the end of a row in the apple orchard, about as far from the barn and tack room as possible. It was also at the end of a long day and with a cart full of bushels of apples that needed to get back to the cellar under the barn and be unloaded. He grabbed the two parts of the leather strap and looked closely at the place where they had come apart. He focused on the torn ends, the way the pieces of leather had come apart. He put the ends together and thought if this section had just stayed together a little longer, if it was still one piece I wouldn’t have to walk all the way to the barn and back and most likely have a cold supper after I unloaded the apples and then it was. It was one single, seamless piece of leather.
I tugged on it to see if it really was together again and would take a strain. It was stronger than any weight I could put on it – although that wasn’t saying much as I didn’t weigh much more that my older sister. There was one way to test it and I climbed up on the seat and called to the mule and snapped the lines and the cart moved as usual. I made it back without any extra difficulties from the leather, just the usual problems of steering around the rocks, mud-holes and sandy spots between the fields and the barns.
I suspected I had imaged the leather back together and it scared me to my core.
Imagers were people who had the ability of making things happen, making things appear out of nothing or making them vanish or, or… My thoughts spun around and round. Being an imager meant slavery and death. Being an imager meant that it didn’t matter that I had a body that was betraying me because I wouldn’t likely have to worry about that little problem if anyone discovered my imaging ability.
In our land the “king” the “Grand Potentate” kept those who did something he didn’t approve of in line by sending out his military and a few of his well controlled imagers to leave a lasting message of his displeasure. Usually the message was delivered by burning the offending subject as well as his house, barns, and anything flammable plus selling his household into slavery
This was true last year, but not now. It seems that a Rex from our neighboring land took exception to having his ships and army attacked by our glorious king’s military and imagers. Apparently it came down to the old saying that no matter how big, strong, smart, wealthy and so on you are there is always someone who is more of whatever than you are. It turned out that our Rex finally found this out the hard way and he and his entire palace was turned upside down with him and all his imagers and army and everyone else in it, basically turning the entire place into a giant tomb.
Even with the new rulers, being a known imager was a death sentence. To most people, having an imager around was like having a snake at your feet or some other dangerous creature. The initial response from most people is to kill it and that applied double for imagers
He was grimy and damp with sweat by the time he had worked through the twilight and then helped move the bushels into the cellar.
“Come on Jolie” called Odela, “lets get cleaned up and some supper.”
“Ok, l’ll pump first and you can pump for me” I said as we followed Pa to the pump house. We were fortunate to have a good well that gave us good water, rather than water that was soapy and smelled of rotting eggs, like those farms closer to the bay. Papa finished up then Odela started splashing water onto her face and soaping up her hands and arms up to her elbows. I watched her soapy hands move over her arms and the line of her jaw. The way her hair bounced around in its ponytail. She had a pleasant face, not a beauty, but easy to look at. Her breasts were just becoming noticeable and she was starting to have curves although her hips were firm as most farm girls. I wished I was developing the way she was he thought to himself.
“Why are you looking at me like that” Odela asked? “Is there something wrong? Do I have something on my clothes?”
“No I was just daydreaming” I said.
“Well you looked like you weren’t paying attention to what you were doing when you were bringing the wagon into the barn yard. You better look sharp because father was worried that you might upset the wagon”
“I was paying plenty of attention but I got lost in my thoughts.” I hoped that answer would end the discussion.
“What were you doing with the traces behind the mules?” She must have been watching me as I fixed the trace line.
“The line seemed to be caught on something and I was tying to fix it” I replied, hoping that would be a good answer and stop her questions.
We gathered around the 3-plank table for supper: dumplings filled with fowl and carrots with a little onion, kitchen mushrooms and some herbs. It was plain fare but filling, and except for the flour, all from our fields and the surrounding woods. Solia, Odela and I did the cleanup after the meal to give mother a break. She was well on carrying her fifth baby and could use a sort rest. We lost our little brother when he was two to a pox that we all had but it killed him.
The three of us shared a bed in the loft, which was good in winter but could be steamy in the end of summer.
I was half asleep and was thinking of Odela cleaning up and the way her small breasts were pushing against the material of her blouse. I put my hands over my own breasts and thought wouldn’t it be nice if mine were as big as hers to my astonishment I felt a soft mound of flesh under each hand!
I peaked under my nightshirt and sure enough, I had two small breasts! I had done it again! What was I going to do now! My entire family would go crazy and probably kill me as some kind of devil! Why did I have to wish for breasts!? I really didn’t want to get into trouble. I wished they were gone and I was back to a flat chest boy. Sure enough, they disappeared.
It seemed that I had just dropped off to sleep when I heard this boom and crash. I sat up looked around but everything was pitch black and I could hear the wind and rain. I needed to see what was happening. I needed a light! A candle!
Then there was one, right in my right hand.
Both my sisters woke up and look at me holding the candle.
“What’s happening?” asked Solia and “Where did you get that candle?” Asked Odela.
I couldn’t say a thing; I just looked back and forth between the burning candle and my sisters. I blew out the candle and put it on the ledge, next to the bed. I knew that I was done for. I was an imager! I thought about sneaking out and running away but where would I go?
Breakfast was a just a bowl of porridge and some dark bread. Both Odela and Solia looked at me over their bowls as though I would turn into a monster at any moment but nether said anything. I was glad to get out f the house and start my morning chores without anyone saying anything about the candle.
“Come in here,” called Papa from the kitchen as I was gathering eggs and I knew what was coming next. I shuddered but I wasn’t brave enough to do anything but obey. I went into the house with my head down, not wanting to look at either mama or papa. When I did, I saw mixed feelings on their faces. Ma was wiping tears and papa looked worried.
“When were you going to tell us that you are an imager?” asked papa in a voice mixed with concern, frustration and anger. “Were you going to wait until you set fire to the house and killed us all?”
“I’ll leave, I’ll go away and you won’t have to worry about me” I said in a low voice.
“Not on your own you won’t,” said papa. "I’ve heard that in Axitil they are looking for young imagers and will take them to some kind of scholarium for imagers on Westisle,” said papa. “We even get a gold for our trouble." As he said that mama sobbed even more. “Put anything you want to go with you in this bag,” he said and pointed to an empty flour bag on the table, “and be ready to go in two qints.”
I climbed up the stairs and gathered my few things to wear plus a blue translucent stone I had found in the field and headed back down to meet father.
My family was waiting in the yard as I came out of the door and there were hugs and tears all around. I made sure that I didn’t look back as I followed papa down the road toward the village.
Imagine that part 2
To be or what to be - Why does it have to be a race between safety and sanity?
This is a fan-fiction set on Terahnar the world created by L.E. Modesitt for his Imager series. I have no rights to any of it and don’t claim to. I just wanted to see what a story about a MTF transgender person set in the time just after Rex Regis consolidated Lydar into Solidar would be like.
Special thanks to Ane Mouse and Miya Jeahle for critiques and editing. Anything that's wrong is my fault for changes made after editing.
Imagine that
(2)
To be or what to be
Why does it have to be a race between safety and sanity?
“Jolie, take this food to the captain,” said cook, using a large knife to point to a tray, “and fill this mug with the ale from the small cask.” I picked a clean mug from a peg and filled it with the dark ale, put it on the tray and headed aft trying not to stumble and spill the ale or have the food slide off the plate. I’d already had a cane across my backside for dumping the tray on the deck when the ship lurched into the space between two waves.
I was on my way to Westisle where I hoped that my life would change for the better. I suppose it could get worse, but I didn’t even want to think about that, much less imagine it. The reason I was making this journey was because when I thought about something, really focused on it, it appeared out of thin air. I was an imager. That’s what people like me are called here in Solidar, so I tried to think about things getting better, not worse.
I was fortunate, less than a year ago I would have been doomed to slavery in the palace of the Antiarch of Antiago. The choice was life as a salve-imager in the palace or death because the Antiarch had so decreed: all imagers must serve the Antiarch or suffer death. All that had changed when an army led by an imager from Tilbar, the land to the east, had attacked and conquered Kephria then marched west to Llantiago capturing all the major towns and cities along the way. When they reached Llantiago they turned the palace upside down and buried everyone in it under the ruins of the palace.
Now, the Telerians were offering a gold coin to anyone who delivered an imager to the camp on Westisle, an island in the bay of Llantiago. My papa gave two silvers to the captain of this ship, out of the gold coin he received from the council for the promise to hand me over to the imagers on Westisle. It was made clear from the start that I wasn’t a passenger that I had to earn my way. Because of my size and lack of strength I would earn my passage as a cabin boy. This meant that I had the lowest place in the ranks of the crew and was subject to orders from almost anyone. Because I could clean and cook I spent most of my time in the galley preparing food; fetching this and that, cleaning, washing and all the other things that need to be done to keep 50 men fed.
I suppose the only good thing was that I had a special cabin, a metal box with a hammock for sleeping. It had a low bench with a single shelf’ It was big enough for me to almost stand upright. Its width was just wide enough for me lie on the bench with me feet on on wall and my head touching the other. It wasn’t wide enough for me to stretch out my arm at shoulder height. When I wasn’t working I was expected to be in the cabin. The first few days were pretty rough and I used a pail catch the contents of my stomach every time I was shut in the little cabin after I finished my work. I learned to drink the ale I served to the sailors and that kept me going until I got used to the rolling and swaying and leaping of the ship.
I was told that the box was especially made to hold an imager and his imaging inside the box. Apparently an imager’s nightmare could destroy a ship. I remembered the candle I had imaged and understood that an open flame wasn’t something you wanted below decks in a wooden ship.
We had been sailing for 5 days and I had finally gotten my sea legs, or at least overcome my seasickness. It was just after daybreak, I had just delivered tea to the captain and was headed back to the galley when I heard a bell ringing and saw men running every-which way. There was a shout from the lookout that a sail was seen somewhere behind us. The captain ordered more sails to be added and the men pulled the lines and the ship changed course again and again. It seemed that the ship was almost going as fast as the wind. Over the next two glasses the captain would look at the ships following us then call out orders to make the ship move faster. There were two ships and they were getting closer and closer to us. Then the order to get ready to fight was called and everyone grabbed short swords or staffs. I was told to go to the galley, help the cook and stay out of the way. I was just about to go down a ladder when there was a boom and a crash and the next thing I knew I was in the water. I grabbed what looked like a hatch that was floating next to me and hung on.
From water level I could see that one of the ships had come up to the one I had been on and men were cutting at each other with swords, hitting and beating each other with staffs and yelling and shouting. I crawled onto the hatch so that it made a small raft and noticed that the current was moving me away from both ships. I just hung on and hoped that I might be rescued before I drowned or that I would end up on a beach and not crushed against some rocky shore.
I hung on to the hatch all day and into the night.
I must have gone to sleep because I woke up to birds screaming over my head and the sun was rising. I was thirsty and hungry and my legs and hands were sore from rubbing against the wood. I could move around a little to let the bruised parts get away from the wood but I couldn’t find any comfortable position. I just hung on and wished that I’d get to shore sometime soon.
I must have dropped off to sleep because I thought I heard the sound of waves and it got louder and louder and the raft begin to pitch and roll more violently. The next thing I knew I was on my hands and knees in the surf just a few yards off shore. I stumbled out of the waves and up the beach beyond the water’s edge. I was so tired that I just collapsed as darkness overcame me.
The sun in my face woke me early the next day, although my growling stomach would have done the job if I hadn’t been already awake. I walked along the beach, away from the sun because that was the way toward Westisle. Before long the beach gave way to rocks and brush, which hurt my feet. I wonder if I can image something to protect my feet? After all, if I’m really an imager, shouldn’t I be able to manage some sandals? I felt them under my feet and looked down and saw leather laces and bent down and tied them around my ankles.
Now I needed some food and water. I started looking for late season Bask Berries that could be found close to the sea. They were tart but had enough sweetness to give me some energy. After eating several handfuls I found a stream coming down a rock face in a little waterfall and drank and then washed the salt and sand from all over my body.
After washing my clothes, I draped them over some bushes to dry out. I sat on a rock ledge, and looked at myself, I was skinny, slightly blue skinned and covered with goosebumps.. I needed a fire to get warm, so I started collecting dead branches from trees and stacked them on the end of the ledge where it ended against a vertical rock face. I needed some way to set the wood on fire. Why not image a candle, just like the one I had imaged before that caused me to be in this fix? Then it was there, in the middle of the pile of wood, which started to catch fire. After putting some larger wood on the fire I was able to get warm. I had to let my front then back get warm in turn.
The nuts and berries I had eaten were not very filling. I wished I had a nice sized fish to cook. I could almost smell it and taste it. Then it was there on the ledge in front of me. I wedged it between some sticks and positioned it over the fire. I almost burned my fingers getting the cooked fish into my mouth.
I had fire, I had food and water, now I needed to make some decisions and a plan.
I had survived being cast off the ship and washed up on shore. I was probably about half way along the coast between Hassyl, where I got on the ship and Llantigo, our destination. If Westisle was a safe place for imagers, I needed to get there and ask for their help.
How was I to do that? The obvious answer was to walk there. But what chance did a skinny, teenage boy have? Would anyone help me? Then I had an idea, what if I looked like a girl? I would tell who ever I met that had been my way to my uncle who was an imager on Westisle and been shipwrecked. I’d get a lot more sympathy as a girl and if the first person I talked to was a woman, I might even get taken under her wing so to speak and get sent to the isle. Besides, in my mind I was a girl. If my body looked like a girl, then my girlishness would work for me instead of against me.
First things first then: I remembered what I had done that night and I put my hands over my breasts and imagined that I had breasts a little bigger than my older sister. Then I felt them under my hands! I was a little dizzy but it passed quickly. I knew what girls have, or don’t have between their legs because I’d taken care of my little sister and my sisters and I would go swimming in the creek in our birthday suits and wash each other. I put my hands over my boy parts and thought about the way my older sister’s body looked. As I focused, I could feel my body change.
There was a really sharp pain and I doubled over gasping for breath. I hurt so much, but I couldn’t even get my breath to cry out or scream. My eyes were streaming tears as I breathed slowly in and out. My head felt like it was spinning. I must have passed out because the sun had moved across the sky when I opened them again.
Looking down at myself when I sat up, I had nothing between my legs, just a slit. I looked like a skinny girl, at last what I could see. I usually kept my hair in a ponytail and it was as long as Odela’s so I didn’t have to worry about doing anything to it. Even though my clothes were damp, I put them on to keep a little warmer,
I imaged another fish to cook, a fire to cook it on and a stone mug to hold water to drink. I was very hungry and thirsty, but as soon as I finished eating I imaged more wood on the fire to get it and the rocks hot. As I got warmer I went right to sleep.
While I slept I dreamed: I was riding along in a wagon, talking to a young girl. We were both sitting on bags in the wagon, just behind the bench where a man and woman were sitting. Suddenly I man with a spear jump out from behind a tree and run at us with the spear pointing toward me. I screamed and suddenly I was awake. It took me a little while to remember where I was and why I was here. I imaged more wood on the fire, which was getting low and went back to sleep.
In the morning I didn’t remember much about the dream, but I was glad I had gotten back to sleep.
On a New Road - One can only put one foot in front of the other and hope for the best.
This is a fan-fiction set on Terahnar the world created by L.E. Modesitt for his Imager series. I have no rights to any of it and don’t claim to. I just wanted to see what a story about a MTF transgender person set in the time just after Rex Regis consolidated Lydar into Solidar would be like.
On a New Road
One can only put one foot in front of the other and hope for the best.
The next morning my clothes were dry and I knew that I needed to get moving unless I was going to stay in the wilderness for the rest on my life. I started walking with the sun at my back, following the bank of the stream I had found. I could feel my breasts pressing against my shirt and they bounced a little as I hopped from rock to rock along the bank. After a while I begin to feel my nipples were getting sore from rubbing against my shirt. I stopped and leaned forward to make a little room between my breasts and my shirt to relieve the rubbing. How did my older sister Odela keep this from happening to her? I remembered the band of cloth, a breast band my sister wore. That’s what I needed so I focused, thinking about the shape and the soft material it was made from and imagined it appearing in my out-stretched hand, and then there it was. After I put it on and slipped my top over it, I felt much better as I carefully made my way along the stream bank.
The sun had not yet reached midday when I came to a road. It was just some ruts running down a sort of wide level path. The road crossed the stream I'd been following on a narrow wooden bridge. I climbed up to the road and turned west to follow the road figuring that Westisle was west so that was the way I needed to go.
Some time after noon, I could tell because the sun was now in my face, the road turned away from the sea and began to go up and down hills, steadily climbing. In the woods, along the side of the road I found some wild apples and berries and decided to rest and eat. I had just finished eating when I heard the creak and groan of a wagon and huffing of horses coming along the road from behind me. I scrambled up hill towards a berry bush and crouched down so I wouldn’t be easily seen.
It was a wagon coming up the hill. As it came toward me, I saw a woman sitting on the bench next to a man who held the reins to the horses pulling the wagon. There was a young person sitting on something in the wagon behind the two adults. As they got closer, I saw that the man and woman had dark hair and the young girl was blonde and wore a light blue summer dress. The woman’s dress was light yellow, buttercup; my sister would have called it. The man had a dark brown vest over a white shirt and faded brown pants. The young girl was saying something to the woman and the man was laughing.
Should I just keep still and let them pass? They were the only travelers I had seen so I thought this would probably be my only chance for a ride for some time to come. This was just what I was hoping for, a family, moreover it was a family that included a young girl. I made up my mind and crawled down the hill to the edge of the road, stepped into it and stood very still with my hands held together in front of me.
“Whoa, whoa,” called the man as he slowed, then stopped the wagon a few yards away from me.
“What is a little thing like you doing in these woods?” the man holding the reigns called out in a surprised voice.
I didn’t say anything, but kept my eyes down and my hands clasped in front of me.
“You scared her,” the woman said. She turned to me and said, “Come over here child so I can see you better.”
I slowly walked over to the side of the wagon, with my head down and only looked up at the woman when I was next to the wagon.
”Where are your folks?” she asked. “Are you alright?” I looked into her eyes and decided that I should tell her a little of my story.
“My name is Jolie, I was on a ship headed to Westisle when pirates attacked the ship. I got knocked into the sea, then washed up on shore. Now I am trying to get to my uncle who lives on Westisle,” I responded. I hoped that was enough information to get them to help me.
“We’re going to LLantiago so why don’t you ride with us?” the woman asked. “We should be there in a couple of days and you don’t look big enough to be a burden. Pitch your things into the wagon and climb in next to Mixy.”
“I don’t have anything, except what I'm wearing. Everything I had was lost in the ship wreck,” I said as I climbed into the wagon.
“You poor little thing! I expect my sister Colbuyn will have some things for you to wear because she has two girls. We will be there in a few hours. One of her girls is bigger than you so there should be some hand-me-downs that are your size. I was planning on collecting some clothes for Mixy too when we stop at their place tonight. My name is Nilynn, my husband is Mylinco Havgrove. We have a produce factorage in Llantiago.”
“Thank you so much. When I was holding onto the hatch cover in the sea, I thought that I wouldn’t ever get to land much less to my uncle’s. He wrote to me that if I got to Westisle I would be able to live with him.”
“Well we should get home day after tomorrow and we will see if we can get a message to him to come collect you,” said Nilynn.
I climbed into the wagon and Mixy pointed to a bag and said, “You can sit on that bag of grain. It’s not too uncomfortable.”
We talked and talked and talked. She told me about her dolls and their names, “My favorite is Bytte.” She told me about their house in Llantiago and her room, “My room is not as big as maman’s and papa’s but it is prettier.” She told me about all the produce they sold in the store. I told her about our farm and the things we grew and that we all slept in a single bed in the loft.
“I think sleeping together would be fun. I don’t have anyone to sleep with except my dolls.”
When we got to the farm, Mixy announced to everyone there that they had found me in the woods and that I was from a ship.
“Whoa, whoa,” said Mylinco “let me introduce everyone. This little thing is Joli, she was on her way to Westisle when she was shipwrecked and we found her on the sea road this morning.”
“Joli, this is my sister Colbuyn, and her husband Dylndr. and these two Alanca and Kyten.
“Kyten is about to start her married life in a few months and Alanca is a year older than Mixy.”
Kyten was a little taller and bigger than me and Alanca was smaller than me, but bigger than Mixy.
Mixy gave them all hugs and couldn’t seem to stop talking.
“Lets get everyone settled,” said Colbuyn after giving her sister a hug.
I helped move their travel bags into the room Colbyn told us we would be using. After the bags were put away, we went to the kitchen and were given tasks to get ready for the meal. Because there seemed to be plenty of help in the kitchen, I offered to help feed the animals and went out to the barn and helped to tend the goats, chickens and horses.
Nilynn showed me where the feed grain bins were and Dylndr, Colbuyn’s mate give me directions on how much feed to put out. We worked in the barn until the sun was getting low in the sky.
“It’s been over a glass,” Dylndr said, “lets get cleaned up and head inside.”
“What’s a glass?”
“Its the time it takes sand to drain from the top of a glass blub into the bottom bulb.”
“Oh, then its like a bell on ship.”
“Yes and there was probably a glass somewhere on the ship that they used to tell them when to ring the bell.”
We went to the pump house and I washed up, then went into the kitchen to see what else I could do to help.
When I asked what else I could do to help Nilynn said, “Here sweetie, eat some of this cheese and this apple. You look like you haven’t had a good meal in weeks.”
“It has been a while since I’ve had a full meal. For the last two days I’ve mostly had fruits and berries to eat,” I said. After supper I gave them my story from the time I was thrown into the water until they found me on the side of the road. I was careful not to mention my imaging abilities or the changes I made to my body.
After supper we went up a ladder from the second floor into what they called an attic, which was a space under the roof. We lit candles in holders so that we could see to go through the contents of several boxes to see if we could find clothes that would fit Myxy and me. It was really great fun trying on the clothes. I was amazed that anyone would have so many clothes. When I asked about where they came from and who wore them, Colbyn said,
“Well Nilynn and I had four sisters and now we have over a dozen nieces and our home is the official store house for all our outgrown clothes. Nylinn hasn’t been keeping up the family tradition of four children in the family,” she said as smiled at us.
“Neither have you,” Nilynn and everyone laughed. “I think we still have a little time to add to the count.”
It tok quite a while but I found pants, tops, and dress that fit me and a sleeping gown and some underwear. Myxi found a really pretty dress, a jumper, a pair of pants and two tops to take with her.
I was really happy to have more than one set of clothes and the fact that they were my girl clothes made it even better.
We went down to the kitchen and had some tea and cookies, then to the washroom and got into our nightclothes. Before we went to bed we paired up to brush each other’s hair. It was just like I used to do with my sisters.
Alanca, Mixy and I would share Alanca’s bed, it made me homesick because it reminded me of sleeping with my sisters. At the same time I felt right, because my mind and body seemed to be at peace for once. At supper I told my rescuers that my family had died of the fever in the spring and a neighbor had taken me in and contacted my uncle so that I could go live with his family. I gave them the name of a family that lived near us who had died of the fever so that if anyone should check, there would be some truth to my story.
As I lay there between these two girls, I thought back to the night I imaged the candle, and then being sent away. I wondered what happened to the captain and sailors and the ship. I was glad I had changed my body to match the way I saw myself. I was so fortunate to have been found and taken in by this kind family.
As I slept I dreamed: I was riding in the wagon with Mixy and we went through a big gap in a rock wall and then along a place where the trees almost made a roof over the road. Suddenly a man jumped into the road in front of us. He had what looked like a short sword on the end of a shaft and started running toward us. My eyes popped open and it took a moment for me to realize that I was in bed between to people. I took a deep breath and rolled onto my side and went back to sleep.
The road turns back again - If you don’t act you will regret it the rest of your life and maybe if you do.
This is a fan-fiction set on Terahnar the world created by L.E. Modesitt for his Imager series. I have no rights to any of it and don’t claim to. I just wanted to see what a story about a MTF transgender person set in the time just after Rex Regis consolidated Lydar into Solidar would be like.
The road turns back again
If you don’t act you will regret it the rest of your life and maybe if you do.
We were back on the road shortly after sunrise and stopped only to water and rest the horses once before noon. We went a little way off the road to stop by a stream and had some cheese, bread and dried meat strips plus an apple. The wagon was full of baskets of apples, nuts and root vegetables that were the reason for the trip. Once a year the family made the trip to collect these very high quality consumables to sell. There were also crocks of juice and some boxes with blocks of cheese. Mixy’s family had a produce store; a factorage, in Llantiago and all thee things would sell quickly according to Nilynn, Mixy’s father.
As the sun was going down Nilynn took a turn off the road, down to a lake where there was a shelter next to the lake. Mylinco explained that her family used to come up here in the summers when she was a young girl. She told us stories of playing in the lake and collecting berries from the woods. Mixy and I took off our pants and splashed in the lake then washed up for supper. Nilynn had a fire going in a rock rimmed pit in front of the shelter which was like half of a house. If you had built walls and a roof, but stopped when you got to the roof beam, that’s what the shelter was like. There was a built up stone floor and sleeping platforms in the back and along the sides. After we cleaned up the super dishes and pots we sat around the fire and listened to some stories. Before long I was nodding off and so was Mixy, so we were put to bed in the wagon and were soon asleep. We were up just after sunrise and after a breakfast of eggs, cheese and pan bread, we were on the road as the sun started to warm the forest.
About mid afternoon the road began a long, twist-back path from the crest of the pass between hills above Llantiago. I could see looking down on the road from the pass that the road ran through cut in what looked like a stone wall . As we neared the stone outcrop, I could see that at one time a stone wall, the inside of a mountain, went all the way from one hill to the other, but a stream had cut a large gap wide enough for the stream and a road bed on one side. Once though the gap, the road bent sharply and entered a grove of woods and think brush, almost like a tunnel because the branches f the trees met over the roadway. The shade under the trees gave way to a clearing ahead, lit up by sunlight. As we came to the clearing, a man walked from the woods and stood in the middle of the road, holding a spear with a really long blade.
It was like I had seen this man with the spear before, then I remembered the dream.
“You will be needing to stop and pay us a toll to use this road,” he said.
“This isn’t a toll road” was Nilynn’s response.
“Well it is now,” the man said, as he walked quickly to the side of the wagon nearest to where Nilynn sat.
“You could let your woman pay the fee,” said a voice from behind us.
As I looked around behind us to see another man with a, Nilynn slapped the reins a yelled for the horses to move. The man with the spear jabbed it at Nylinn. It looked to me like he was going to stick it into Nylinn as the wagon bolted into the clearing and toward the man with the spear.
This couldn’t be happening I thought and wished that the spear would disappear!
The spear vanished! The man was looking at his empty hands as he ran into the side of the wagon and was knocked onto his back. As we rolled past I could see him working his mouth but he wasn’t making any sound. His friend, who was behind us was yelling at us and running after the wagon. He stopped and drew back his hand to throw the spear at us. I imaged his spear away as the man who had been in front of us yelled, “run, he’s an imager, run!”
But the man behind us was running at the wagon and reaching for a handhold to climb up. I wished he would trip on a rock, and suddenly he was on his face in the dirt.
The horses were moving the wagon down the road at a good clip and we were bouncing around and holding on the sides. We went about a mille and around two bends in the road before Nilynn, pulled the reins and slowly stopped the wagon.
“You are a Namer-dammed imager aren’t you!” demanded Nilynn and a loud voice.
“What if she is?” Mylinco asked. “She saved you, me and Mixy too most like. Didn’t you see where he was about to put that spear point? And what do you think the fellow in back of us had in mind? Eating a few apples?” She was shaking and Mixy was crying.
I just sat there rocking back and forth crying. Mixi was crying too. I could see them leaving me on the side of the road with nothing but what I was wearing.
“Is that why you are going to Westisle?” he asked. “Is your uncle one of those imagers from Teleryn who are setting up that place for imagers?”
I just cried more tears until I felt both Mixy and Mylinco wrap their arms around me in a big hug and tell me it was going to be all right.
“Nilynn, hush and drive the wagon. We’ll take care of this little girl and see that she gets where she needs to be,” Mylinco said. “It’s the least we can do after what she just did. She saved our lives!”
Gradually, my tears stopped and I sat there with Mixy’s arm around my shoulder as we went down the road.
As we continued down the road, with no one saying anything, the forest gave way to small farms and then mostly houses. I had never seen so many houses and so close to each other!
We arrived at their store as the sun was setting. Nilynn drove the wagon behind the store where there was a small building that had stalls and a place for the wagon and feed for the animals.
(5)
A glimpse at what might have been
If ifs and buts were candy and nuts, what a merry year-end we would all have.
Before we took our clothes to the upper floor where they lived, we loaded the produce from the wagon onto a cart and put it into the store.
The bottom floor of the building held the store, and had produce organized in bins on tables: root vegetables in one row, leaf and bean vegetables in another and fruits and nuts and grains in rows of bins. There were shelves on the walls with canned goods and bottles of all sorts of things that I had never seen before. A counter at rear of the store had a small stack of bags and baskets that customers could use.
“This is where our customers pay for the produce,” said Mylinco “and here on the side we put some of our special items so that they can be noticed.”
It took about a glass to transfer all of the things from the wagon to the store.
“You girls take your things up to Mixy’s room then come to the kitchen and help make supper.”
I collected my things and followed Mixy up stairs to her room where I would be sleeping. The room was amazing. It had a single bed with a canopy and pink and white curtains around the window. She had a chest with drawers and another taller cabinet with doors that held her dresses and coats. There were several dolls on her bed, placed so that they leaned on her pillows. There was a rug next to the bed so that she didn’t have to step on a cold wood floor when she slid out of bed.
The room was just beyond anything I could imagine!
“Your room is wonderful,” I squeaked. “I have never seen anything like it!”
“You didn’t have a room in your home?” she asked.
“No, we all slept together in a bed in the loft,” I explained. “I don’t have to sleep with you if you don’t want to. If you would rather not share your bed”
“Oh no,” she said, “I liked sleeping together like we did at aunt Colbuyn’s farm.”
“Yes, I liked sleeping together too. It reminded me of sleeping with my sisters” My eyes got moist as I thought about my sisters and the life that was gone to me.
“I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to make you cry.”
“You and your family have been so nice to me, and you don’t even know me.”
“Well, I think you saved my father’s life and kept us from getting robbed and I can’t tell you how much I want to thank you,” she blurted out, and grabbed me in a tight hug and kissed me on the lips.
I hugged her and kissed her back. This was the first time anyone had touched me with affection since before my family found out about my imaging. I was both happy and sad at the same time. I didn’t know that you could be both at once.
“This is Bytte, she likes you, I can tell,” she said as she held up one of her dolls.
I hugged the doll and said, “its nice to finally meet you Bytte, I’ve heard so much about you.”
“Let’s go see if your mother needs any help preparing supper.”
“Alright, I don’t mind helping out when you are helping too,” she said.
We helped prepare the meal by peeling and chopping vegetables then putting them into a big pot. The meal was a heavy broth and dark bread and a mild cider.
Before we started to eat, we all held hands and Nilynn said, “For the grace and warmth from above, for the bounty of the earth below, for all the grace of the world and beyond, for your bounty from the fields, and for your manifold and great mercies, we offer our thanks and gratitude, both now and evermore, in the spirit of that which cannot be named or imaged.”
“In peace and harmony,” Mixy and Mylinco replied.
Our family had not been very spiritual, perhaps because we lived so far away from any Anomen. I could remember only a few times when I had gone to one, once when my brother died and again after my younger sister was born. I did know about the Nameless, my mother had made sure of that, along with our regular nightly lessons in our numbers and reading.
The three of us cleaned up after the meal and Nilynn went downstairs to work in the store.
“He likes to play with the produce just like I like to play with my dolls.”
“Why don’t you girls get ready for bed, and then play in Mixy’s room for a little while,” Mylinco said.
It was wonderful to play with the dolls and stuffed animals and then be tucked into bed and given goodnight kisses.
* * * * *
“Do you think it’s safe to have an imager sleeping under our roof?” asked Nilynn as they were preparing for bed.
“I have a feeling that it is, this time,” was Mylonco’s response. “I’ve heard the tales of imagers destroying a house, but those stories always tell of mistreatment of the imager and trying to keep them locked away. We didn’t do anything like that. I just looked in on them and both were sleeping with smiles on their faces. I’m not worried that we will be burned alive in our sleep.”
“Well tomorrow I’m taking her to the Teleryn Army post and turning her over to the imagers there.”
“Be sure to thank her for saving your life and probably ours when you do.”
“Did you see the clothes the one in front of us was wearing? I think he must have been one of the renegade army men we’ve heard about. What did he expect to get from us? A basket of apples?”
“I think you are right about him. I’ll tell the Teleryn soldiers what happened and where. I’ve heard that they have been tracking down these troublemakers. I hope they go after those two.”
* * * * *
I woke up with the sunrise, which was my usual routine and enjoyed Mixy’s holding me like a big doll as she slept. I wondered what my life would have been like if I had been born into a family like hers. Then I realized that being an imager, I would have had to leave it and that might have been even harder than what I had been through.
I heard noises from the kitchen. I slipped out of bed put on a robe and went to see who was making the noise.
“Good morning early-bright, did you sleep well?” Mylinco asked.
“Yes, it was wonderful. I haven’t ever slept in a bed so comfy.”
“We have an indoor privy just down the hall,” she said. “Just pull on the wooden spool attached to the chain when you are through. There is also bowl with a spigot in the room. Plug the hole in the bottom of the bowl and turn the spigot to let water into the bowl. There is soap and a towel next to the bowl.”
This was amazing. I was used to using a privy that was some distance from the house and an outdoor wash-room with a pump
When I returned to the kitchen, Mixy was there along with her father.
“Well Joli, you are a miracle worker! You’ve been able to get Mixy out of bed before the noon meal!” her father said with a grin.
“I’ve been up before lunch all the time,” was her response with a small pout.
“I need to work with some of the things we brought down in the store then I can take you to the place where there are some of the Teleryn imagers,” said Nilynn as we finished the dawn-meal, “and we can see about getting you to your uncle.”
It was everything I could do to keep from breaking down and crying. I had fallen in love with this family and would have happily spent the rest my life with them. I knew that wasn’t to be so I headed up to Mixy’s room to help straighten it out and collect my things.
I’d like to thank Anne Mouse for her help making theses stories readable and especially her suggestions and critiques.
Part (6)
The island of imagers - Even a new family is still made up of individuals
This is a fan-fiction set on Terahnar the world created by L.E. Modesitt for his Imager series. I have no rights to any of it and don’t claim to. I just wanted to see what a story about a MTF transgender person set in the time just after Rex Regis consolidated Lydar into Solidar would be like.
I want to profusely thank Anne Mouse for helping me get his prose into acceptable shape. Any syntax or grammar errors happened after she sent it back to me in wonderful shape.
The island of imagers
Even a new family is still made up of individuals
About half way through the morning, after tearful goodbyes, Nylinn and I were on our way to see the Teleryan imagers. We were on horse-back with me in front and my bag of clothes tied to the saddle behind Nylinn. We had to follow the roads back and forth around the edge of the city. Nylinn told me that his family was very lucky to be located well away from the center of the city. He said that a Teleryn “ancient imager” had caused the whole castle and everyone in it to fall into a huge hole where the castle had been. Then he dumped dirt and rocks into the hole burying then it all. The earth shook so hard after this tremendous feat, most of the buildings near the hole where the palace had been fell apart and stone and bricks clogged the streets. The result was that most of the oldest part of the city was still in ruins.
We followed a road that went down toward the dock, then turned up hill to what looked like a sahib’s town villa. There were men in green, Teleryn army uniforms standing guard at the gate.
“I need to see the head imager,” said Nylinn. “My niece is an imager and I was told that Solidar was looking for imagers and would take them in.”
“Just wait here while I get someone to take you to the under captain,” one of the guards said.
It looked like this would take a while so we got off of the horse and took him to a watering trough, when another soldier came out and told us to leave the horse there, that they would look after it and follow him.
We walked so fast that I had to run every few steps to keep up. We went into the house and turned down a hall and stopped at an open door.
“Under Captain, this man thinks his niece is an imager,” said our guide.
“Thank you Wyllam, I can take it from here,” said the young man behind the desk.
“My name is Desyrk and I am an Under Captain and an imager. What makes you think that this little girl is an imager?” he asked.
“Just yesterday Joli imaged away a spear that a ruffian tried to stick in my gut,” Nylinn said.
The soldier’s eyebrows seemed to go halfway up is forehead.
“Come with me, young lady,” he said, and came around the desk and put out his hand.
I put my hand in his and glanced at Nylinn and who nodded at me to go on.
We went through a door to a meeting room and stood next to the big table. He took out a coin and put it on the tale. It was brownish and seemed worn, it had an impression of a bird on the side facing up.
“I want you to image another coin just like this one,” he said.
“Can I pick it up and look at it?” I asked.
“Take your time and image a copy here on the table.”
I turned it over and saw what looked like a mountain on the back. The edge was smooth except for a few nicks.
I focused my eyes on the coin and wished that there was one just like it on the table and there it was.
“Well. That’s really something,” he said. “This is a very good copy, you even have the nicks in the edge in the correct places and it’s worn down too. Do you know what it is made from?”
I shook my head and said, “no, I’ve never had one of those before.”
“Well, there’s no doubt that you are an imager. You will have to come stay with us, but we will take care of you. Let’s go back and talk with your uncle,” he said and walked back into his office.
“Skynert,” he called to the soldier standing guard outside his door as we came into his office, “would you please get a glass of fruit juice and a biscuit for this little girl. She’s been doing some heavy work and needs some food to keep her on her feet,” he said, as he sat behind the desk and motioned for Nylin and me to sit in the chairs across from him.
“You are correct, she is definitely an imager and you are most fortunate because my Commander, who is the most powerful imager I’ve ever known or known about, wants us to set up a school for imagers on Westisle. We will provide her with housing, clothes, food and an education in letters and number. We will also teach her how to use her imaging to help the Rex and all of Solidar.”
“We are fortunate that the Rex realizes how useful and important imagers are to creating a just country,” said Desyrk.
“Have you received the finding fee for bring in imager candidates?” he asked Nylinn.
Before Nylinn could answer, the soldier tapped on the door, came in and placed a tray on the desk.
“Drink some of the juice and eat some biscuits. Imaging takes energy and you probably need to replenish yours,” he said.
I sipped the juice and nibbled the biscuits and did feel less light headed.
“No, I didn’t know there was a reward,” said Nylin,
“Here is a voucher that you can use to get a gold coin from the bursar, just ask one of the soldiers as you leave to direct you to the paymaster’s office,” said Desyrk and handed a slip of paper to Nilynn.
“Can you read?” Desyrk asked me.
“Yes, maman taught us how a little,” I answered.
“Alright, go into the room across the hall and wait there for me to come get you at when I finished here,” he said to me and stood up.
Nilynn and I both got to our feet.
“Thank you for caring enough for your niece to bring her to us. I assure you that we will take good care of her and give her a chance to have a productive life,” he said to Nylinn.
Nylinn gave me a hug, and said, “let us know when you can come see us and we will come get you,” and gave me a slip of paper that had their address on it.
The room across the hall was full of books and a desk and a couple of chairs. I found a big book with pictures in it every so often. I looked at the image of a beautiful black haired woman and the name under the drawing was Seloia, daughter of the greater moon. I remembered the stories maman had told us. I lost myself looking through the books and it seemed no time had passed before Under Captain Desyrk called me to follow him.
“You can leave your bag here, we’re just going to have some lunch.”
I followed him to a big dinning room that had several tables. He motioned me to sit across from him a table with just four chairs.
“Is your home nearby?”
“No, my family’s farm in close to Axitil which is west of Hassyl.”
“Did you come here on a ship?”
“I started out on a ship,” and I told him of my journey to Llantiago.
“That’s quite an adventure for someone so young.”
“I am 13 and a half,” I felt my face flush.
“Even for someone who’s 13 and a half that’s still some journey. Tell me about the man with the spear.”
I explained how the two men had surprised us as we came into the clearing and how I had caused the spears to vanish and the man running after us to fall down.
“What did you do that let your family see that you are an imager?”
I explained about the candle and my dream and how my parents had sent me away.
After the midday meal, I went back to the library and continued to look through some of the books. I had never seen so many books in one place. We had a few books that were my mother’s and she had used them to teach us our letters and words. It didn’t seem very long before Under Captain Desyrk came into to say, “let’s go. My work here is done for today.”
We walked down to the harbor and went on board a small sailing boat and were jostled and splashed as we sailed to what, I thought, must be Westisle. It was too rough and windy to say very much so I sat quietly, and remembered my recent experiences on the water. I hugged myself and shivered.
“Don’t worry, we won’t be on the water very much longer,” said Desyrk. “I don’t think we have to worry about any pirates here in the bay.”
I wasn’t worried about pirates, but I was very happy to leave the little boat when we got to the doc. We walked from the dock up a short hill to a gate in a wall that seemed to go on forever both to the left and right of the gate just ahead of us. I could see the tops of several buildings beyond the wall before we went through the gate.
The buildings were like big, two story barns, but I could tell they were meant for people because the door at the end was too small for a wagon and there were too many windows.
“Come with me to the administration building. I need to introduce you to Major Volytr,” said Desyrk.
We walked toward a one-story building just ahead of us. When we entered, he said “please wait in here until I come for you”, and indicated a room to the left of the entry hall.
A new kind of imager
It takes all kinds to make a world
Under Captain Desyrk rapped on the door that had “Major Volytr” written on it and heard “Come in” from inside the office.
“The good news is that we’ve welcomed an impressive young imager to our collegium,” said Desyrk.
“And the not-so-good-news?” asked Volytr.
“SHE is only 13 years old and her name is Joli,” answered Desyrk.
“I was expecting this would happen, just not so soon. You said she was impressive. How so?”
Desyrk handed two copper coins to Volytr and asked, “which one of these is the original?”
Volytr looked closely at each coin and then asked “she imaged the copy I take it?”
“Yes, and she claimed to have never seen a copper before. Her family put her on a ship to LLantiago and it was attacked by pirates; she was thrown overboard in the fight but managed to get to shore…” and Desyrk gave a condensed version of the story Joli had told him.
“Then, two days ago the she and the family who picked her up were attacked by a couple of men armed with the long bladed spears we’ve seen. She caused the spears to vanish and the one that was chasing them to fall on his face,” he said with a smile.
“If that is true, that is indeed impressive. Where do you suggest we put her? The barracks right now are designed for males, even if each imager has a room to himself.”
“I thought she might stay in the visiting imager quarters until we can modify a room in the female staff quarters, and then, once it's built, the housing for female imagers.”
“That will do for now. Where is she?”
“In the conference room.”
“Introduce me so I can get to know this impressive young person.”
Under Captain Desyrk came into the room where I was waiting, sitting at one of the chairs with my arms resting on the big table, followed by another soldier.
“Joli, this Major Volytr, he is the senior imager here and in charge of all the imagers in this Collegium,” said Desyrk.
I stood away from the chair and bowed my head as I had seen people do when introduced to one of the sahib’s men.
“I am happy to meet you. I hope I can stay with the imagers because my family sent me away,” I said.
“Yes, you can stay here, but you will have to work because we all work at something to keep the Collegium going,” said Volytr.
“I’m used to hard work, but all I know is what you do on a farm,” I said.
“Don’t worry about that now. Let’s get you settled into a room and some new clothes,” said Voltyr.
“Desyrk, please take Joli to the visiting imager lodging and get her settled, then bring her to the mess hall for supper.”
“Yes sir. Come with me Joli,” he said.
We walked out of the administration building, using the door away from the gate. I looked around at all the buildings: so many and of different sizes.
As we walked, Desyrk explained what each of the buildings was used for and what they were called.
“We just came out of the administration building and over there on the left are the barracks for trainee and senior imagers, “ he said and waved his hand toward two long buildings. Just ahead of us in the mess hall,” he said, and noticed that I had furrowed my brow.
“I see that you aren’t familiar with the military names. That’s where we have our meals. There’s breakfast from 5th to 7th glass, lunch or the midday meal is from 12th glass to 2nd glass of the afternoon and supper is from 5th to 7th glass. Do you understand what I just said?” he asked.
“I understand that we have three meals and they are served in that building,” I said and pointed to the building we were coming to.
“The last time I made a mess I had to clean it up by myself,” I said as I smiled to him.
He chuckled and said, “I think you’ll do alright if you keep that attitude”.
He led me to the building to the right of the mess hall and entered through a door in the center of the building, across from the mess hall. There was a woman at a table just inside the door and Desyrk introduced me.
“This is Joli, she is an imager trainee, but we don’t have a place for her in the regular barracks so Major Volytr would like her to use the visiting imager quarters until we can make more permeate housing arrangements.”
“Joli, this is Mistress Holyswryth. She is in charge of all of the support staff,”
I bowed my head and said, “I’m pleased to meet you,”
“You're a polite little girl, that’s good,” she replied. “The visiting imager rooms are bigger than the room you will eventually be given, so enjoy the extra accommodations while you can.”
“If you could get her settled in, I’d appreciate it,” he said, then turned to me and said “it’s a quint before 6th glass. I’ll meet you in the mess at 6th glass.”
I nodded my head and said, “thank you for helping me.”
As he headed out of the door back toward the mess hall, Mistress Holyswryth stood and said, “if you will follow me,” and walked down a hall that led to the right.
She stopped at the last door on the left and said, "This will be your room for now. You have to make your own bed and keep it clean. You can get bedding in the closet across the hall from the washroom. The washroom for women is at the other end of this hall on the right. Do you understand?” she asked.
“You don’t have time to get your towels and bedding before supper so just put you bag on the bed and go get washed up before going to the mess hall.”
“Thank you again, this room is more that I could have hoped for,” I said.
Introductions and explanations
In order to get there, you need to know where you are going
After washing, I made my way into the mess hall. I followed several women into the building and ended up in the biggest kitchen imaginable.
“Don’t stand there with your mouth hanging open, the washroom is over there,” one of the women in the kitchen said to me and nodded her head to the back of the room.
“I’m supposed to meet Under Captain Desyrk in the mess hall,” I replied.
“Well, go through the right hand door and you’ll be in the dining area,” she said as she shook her head.
The dinning area had four tables: three that went the same way, beside each other and one cross wise at the end nearest the kitchen. I found Under Captain Desyrk standing just inside one of the doors at the other end of the hall and went to tell him I was hear.
“Under Captain Desyrk, I’m here,” I said.
He swung around and seemed surprised to see me.
“I didn’t expect you to come in through the kitchen,” he said. “We imagers usually sit at the table over on the right side. The majors and Sub Commander sit at the head table, across the top of the room.”
“Come with me and let me introduce you to the other imagers.”
We walked over to the table where the man had the same badges on his in his collar as Desyrk, except his badge was gold.
“This is Captain Threkhyl, he was one of the first imager under captains.”
An older man with red hair streaked with gray and hard blue eyes nodded in my direction.
“These two young men are imager trainees who have joined us over the last two seasons: Kolyrt, with the blond hair and Evannt. They, like, you are from Antiago”.
“Gentlemen, my I present Joli, our newest imager trainee,” he said and waved his hand toward me.
I smiled and took the chair next to Desyrk. As I did, trainee Kolyrt said “little peppers are often the most spicy,” except he said it in Pharsi, not Bovarian, the language of Antiago. This was a saying my maman would use; it means that what was on the outside could hide what was on the inside.
I answered, “You won’t get burned if you avoid the seeds,” I replied, also in Pharsi, which took Kolyrt by surprise.
“You understand and speak Pharsi, I see,” said Desyrk.
“Yes, maman taught us both Pharsi and Bovarian,” I replied.
“So what did he say and what was your response,” asked Evannt?
“He said that ‘little peppers are often the most spicy’ and I told him that he won’t get burned if he avoids the seeds. It’s a Pharsi saying that means that looks can hide the truth,” I replied.
Everyone chuckled, even the grim faced Threkhyl.
“I see that she can give as good as she gets,” said Threkhyl.
A server placed a platter of some kind of meat and a bowl of steamed vegetables was in the center of the table and we passed them to each other to fill our plates. More food followed until we had as big a meal as I had ever seen.
“If you don’t want wine or hot tea, you will need to go into the kitchen to get something different,” said Desyrk.
“A little of the red would be fine,” I said.
I remember that on year-end or other special days we would have a little wine at our meals and my eyes moistened.
The talk at the meal was about what the other trainees were doing and what would happen next. I was asked to tell the story of the discovery my imaging ability and what had happened to reveal it to my parents. I couldn’t say why, but I didn’t tell the story of my travel to Westisle.
Kolyrt and Evannt excused themselves just after they finished their meals saying that they had studying to do.
“Let me tell you what your tasks and schedule will be for a while,” said Desyrk. “At 8th glass tomorrow, after breakfast, Kolyrt will take you around the collegium to collect a set of clothes, shoes, books and other supplies you will need here. At first glass after noon, you have a meeting at Major Voltyr’s office and he will tell you what your daily schedule will be.”
“The day after tomorrow at 5th glass you will need to be at the exercise fieled on the other side of the staff quarters, the building where your room is. You should wear the exercise clothes and shoes you will get tomorrow. Imaging requires stamina and core strength and we have one of the regular army under captains who is good at keeping us in shape. This a standing order from Major Volytr that all imagers have to do this, so you are included,” he said with a smile.
New Sisters?
An introduction to the world of women
I walked back to my room, then decided to collect my bedding and towels, so I went to the linen closet and was amazed at all of the folded materials. A young woman, who looked a little older than me, followed me into the room and I turned to her and asked, “can you help me with all of this?”
“Can’t you reach the wash clothes on the top shelf?” she answered.
“Its not that,” I said, “I just don’t know what they are all for. I just got here from our farm near Axitil and we didn’t have all of these things.”
“Who hired you and what is your job?” she huffed.
“I’m sorry, my name is Joli and I’m an imager trainee and I just got here today”
“You are an imager? I didn’t know that there were female imagers,” she said, a little less gruffly.
“My name is Jynen and I am one of the kitchen staff. I want to be a cook but that may take a while. Let me help you set up your room to make up for my shortness.”
“Thank you. I have so much to learn because we didn’t have all these things at the farm.”
She handed me a stack of towels and collected another stack of sheets and a blanket and turned to me and asked, “Which room is yours?”
“Last door on the left,” I said and lead the way.
“This is the visitor’s room. Why are you in here?”
“I don’t know. Mistress Holywreath said this was mine until they can find another place for me”
“Well it really is a nice room, much better than my room, and no roommate. And by the way, her name is Holys-wryth,” Jynen said and laughed. “Holywreath – that’s good, I’ll have to remember it.”
I just shrugged and said I was glad to be here.
It seemed to take just a few minutes to get my bed made and put the towels away and the curtains on the window.
“There, that looks much better,” she said. “Would you like and explanation of the mysteries of the washroom?”
“Yes please, all we had at the farm was a pump house and a privy and I have no idea what to use for what and how to make it work.”
“Meet me in the washroom in a quint, and leave your clothes here except for this robe,” she said and indicated a robe hung on a peg beside the door.”
I put my clothes in the chest of draws and then removed what I was wearing and hung the dress and coat on pegs and put my under clothes in a hamper. I wrapped the robe around me and picked up a set of towels and a wash cloth and headed to the washroom.
When I got there Jynen and a few others were using the facilities. Jynen motioned me over to where she was standing by some bowls, much like the one in Mixy’s home.
“Have you ever used one of these, or one of those,” she asked an pointed first to the bowl and then the indoor privy. “This is called a lavatory and that, a toilet. To the left of each toilet,” she pointed to what looked like a larger toilet without a seat, “is a female washer you use right after you use the toilet to clean your bottom. You can use it anytime you want but it’s really useful during that time of the month. You sit on it facing the wall and the knobs control the water that comes up to clean your bottom. Back there are shower stalls. There are two knobs on the wall. The left is for hot water and the right for cold; the water comes out of the pipe that comes out of the wall above the knobs, way above the knobs in your case,” she said with a small laugh.
How had people thought all these things up, I wondered.
“Because we work in the kitchen and handle food, we usually shower at least every day, usually just before our shift starts; at the 4th glass for early shift and at 10th glass for late shift,” she explained and many times when we come from work. Kitchen work is hard and hot so a refreshing shower is very welcome.
Jynen also explained where I could find soap and lotion.
“Thank you so much for showing me all this. I know you must think I am some kind of dumb wilderness bunny.”
“Actually I had to ask about all this piping and water works, so don’t feel too bad,” she said with a wink. “We girls have to help each other in this sea of men.”
I used the toilet and then the bottom washer. I have never had such sensations in that part of my body. I stood under the warm water in the shower and when I got out and went to my room I could barely climb into my bed.
It seemed that I had just dropped off to sleep and I heard voices and people walking outside my door. I lay still and listened and heard a bell ring four times. It must be the early shift getting ready to work.
I wondered if I’d get back to sleep and before I knew it I heard the bell ring again and guessed it must be the 5th glass. I could still get a little more rest so I just lay there. I let my hands cup my breasts and focused on them, visualizing that they were a little bigger and shaped more like Jynen’s and then they were. Doing this tired me and I dropped off until I heard a bell ringing and it caused me to wake up. This time I got up and dressed in one of the new-to-me blouse and pants that Mixy’s aunt Colbuyn had given me. I reasoned that if I was getting new clothes, I would likely to need to move in ways that would be too revealing to do in a dress.
I headed over to the dining hall to meet with Kolyrt to start my life as an imager trainee.
(10) The work of an imager trainee -Working the body and as well as the mind
This is a fan-fiction set on Terahnar the world created by L.E. Modesitt for his Imager series. I have no rights to any of it and don’t claim to. I just wanted to see what a story about a MTF transgender person set in the time just after Rex Regis consolidated Lydar into Solidar would be like.
I’d like to thank Anne Mouse for her help and good suggestions.
The work of an imager trainee
Working the body and as well as the mind
I sat across the table at breakfast from Kolyrt and Evannt so when we finished our meal we set off collecting items I would need for my training.
First we went to a small room and I got four books: History of Tilbor, Basic Maths, Natural History volume I, and Ancient Literature of Teleryn. I also got a bag made of a tough cloth, much like the cloth of the sails on the ship on which I begin my trip. I put my books in the bag along with a stack of blank paper, an ink pen and a bottle of ink pulse a charcoal stylus. The next stop was a tailor who was at a loss as to what he was to produce for me. Kolyrt told him I was supposed to have the standard uniform of an imager: short jacket, vest and trousers, underwear and exercise clothes and boots. He wanted to know if I should have a skirt or dress or what? I suggested that the standard outfit would do to start and that if I required more Major Volytr would let me know. However when it came to underclothes he was completely lost at sea. He had no idea what I needed or how to produce it. I thought a moment. “I will ask Mistress Holyswryth what I should do” and that seemed to relieve his stress.
I was glad I had worn my pants because measuring the inside length of my leg could have been very embarrassing. My bust and waist measurements caused him to blush and Kolyrt to laugh. I gave him the kind of look Odela, my older sister had used on me to put me in my place and that seemed to work.
We spent the rest of the morning walking around the grounds of the Collegium. It was a small town within the town of Westisle. The only things that were missing were shops, if you need something not supplied by the army, you would have to go into town or take a ferry to Llantiago. Kolyrt also explained when and where I would get my pay.
“What do you mean?” I asked.
“We get paid, just like the rest of the army. Trainees get a a silver a week, Under Captains get 3 silvers a week, Captains get a gold per week and so on. The higher the rank the more you are paid. The purser sets his ledger and cash box at the top table in the mess hall the last day of the month from 2nd glass to 4th glass. If you aren’t there to get paid, it is added to your account for the next payday. If there are special circumstances that cause you to miss the pay period and you need your coins, you’ll need to ask Captain Threkhyl or Major Volytr for a special pay voucher that you can take to the paymaster. His desk is in the Quartermasters office. That office is in the workroom building on the bottom floor in the end nearest the mess hall.”
“I’ve never gotten paid any coins, ever. I had never even held a copper coin in m hand until Desyrk gave me one and asked me to image a copy.” I said. “What am I supposed to do with my money? You’ve given me food, a bed and clothes. What else do you need?”
Kolyrt just shook his head and said, “just you wait. Once you get settled you will find things that you have to have and then the silvers will come in handy.”
“Where am I supposed to keep these coins after I get them?” I asked.
“I’ve imaged a secret box in the wall of my room and put my pay in there until I need to use it,” he said.
“When I get my coins I’ll try to do something like that”.
After the mid-day meal, I put the strap of the considerably heavy bag with my books and other classroom supplies over my shoulder and made my way to Major Volytr’s office. I sat on the bench in the hall across from the door to his office. As the first bell after noon I rapped on the door, and heard “Come in Joli”.
“Have a seat over there,” he said and pointed to two chairs that faced each other separated by a low table.
I walked to the one nearest to me and sat down then put my bag on the floor next to the chair. I looked around and was amazed. There were two windows, one on each wall of the corner office. Beside the windows were shelves with books, plates, bowls and other items. There were shelves that came up about mytre along the interior walls, with pictures above them on both walls. The one behind were I sat had a large and two smaller pictures. The large picture had what looked like an outdoor cafe with people sitting at the tables. The two smaller pictures were scenes of mountains and a rocky shore. I had never seen anything like them before.
“They are good representations of the mountains and sea shore near where I grew up. The café is in Solis and I used to eat there with the man who is now the Maiter of the Imago Collegium in L’Excelsis the capital of out new land of Solidar. Before we defeated Rex Karst, it was called Varina,” said Volytr as he walked over and sat in the other chair.
“The vision of the Maiter of the Imago Collegium was to establish a place where imagers would be safe to grow and learn and become useful members of Solidar. Our prime goal is to preserve this vision, which isn’t as easy as it sounds. Originally he had not planned on having a second place for imagers, just the one in L’Excelsis, but the reality, as demonstrated across the bay in Llantiago, is that if you put all of your eggs in one basket, that basket becomes a prime target and to get rid of imagers all you need to do is smash the basket. For example to remove the Autoarch and all his imagers in his palace, all you had to do was turn his palace into his tomb.”
“Enough recent history,” he said, “tell me about your self and how you ended up here.”
I spent what I thought was a long time in telling my story. The only ‘detail’ I left out was that Joli used to be a boy.
“I suspect that your trip was more interesting than you let on and required more that a little cleverness and use of imaging. That is both good and bad. From now until you reach the status of advanced trainee, I ask you not to do any imaging except as directed by one of the senior imagers. You may not realize it, but uncontrolled imaging can be very dangerous for those around you and also for you.”
“Let me tell you about the way the Autoarch’s master imagers kept from being captured in the battles we fought. I saw this with my own eyes and Kolytr can vouch for what I say because he used to be an apprentice imager for the Autoarch. At the last, when they knew they were about to be captured, they imaged a disk of gold.”
“Are you familiar with gold?” he asked.
“No, I know that it is vary valuable and shines with a yellowish color,” I answered.
“Yes gold is a color as well as a metal. Here have a look at this,” he said and handed me a gold coin he took from his coat pocket. “Notice how heavy and dense it is.”
“This is important; when you create something by imaging, you draw on the heat from things, including the people, around you. When Under Captain Desyrk asked you to make a copy of his copper coin, there was a sufficient amount of copper nearby that your imaging could draw on to create the coin you imaged. If, right here and now you tried to image a gold coin the same size as the copper coin you copied, you would be taking the gold from our bodies and from others who may be nearby. We need it inside us to live and that is why the Autarch’s imagers created the gold disk; order to disrupt their bodies and kill themselves so they would not be captured.”
I was stunned.
I hadn’t even imagined that the things I had imaged, the candle, the clothes, had come from things around me.
“Until we set up the Collegium, imagers had to learn almost everything on their own and I know of more than a few times where imagers have killed themselves by doing something they didn’t understand. What we are trying to do here is give you the knowledge and understanding so that you can image and survive.”
“The hard truth is that as your imaging capabilities increases and your power increases, the likelihood that you will kill yourself increases. This is why I ask you not to image until you have more control and understanding. It is also why I want you to stay within the walls of this Collegium until one of the senior imagers tells you that you can go beyond the walls. We don’t want you or others hurt. Do you see why this must be so?”
“Ye-es, I didn’t know that what I can do was so dangerous,” I stammered.
“Well we want you to grow up and become as good an imager as you can, but you need to understand that it takes time and effort.” he said.
“You have the small book titled The Rules and Standards for Imagers?” he asked.
I looked down in my bag and removed the thinnest book and saw that was the title.
“Tomorrow at 8th glass please knock on my door as you did today. I may ask you to wait if I’m busy with something or someone, so it’s best that you bring your books with you to read while you wait. I want you to read the first part of Rules and Standards. You should also read the first chapter of the natural history book as well. We will talk about them and proceed from there. At the 10th glass you should go to Under Captain Desyrk’s office just down the hall and he will work with you on the history text. At 2nd glass after noon, you will need to report to Major Alynkyr, his office is across the hall from Desyrk’s office. He will work with you on Maths. You will need to change clothes and be at the exercise yard for group calisthenics at 5th glass. We have learned that a strong body helps make a strong imager.”
“I suggest that you head back to your room and start reviewing the texts I mentioned. Also, if you will write down any words you don’t know or understand and bring them with you so that we can help you understand what you are reading.”
My head was spinning as I walked back to my room and started going through the books. I took only one break before I went to supper and read until 10th bell before getting into bed and to sleep.
A strong body
A willing spirit needs strong flesh
My first experience with “group calisthenics” was memorable, at least for me.
My exercise clothes consisted of flexible, ankle-high, lace-up shoes, a tick cotton top with long sleeves and a pair of pants made from the same material with a draw string waist. Not very long after I got to the exercise field a man, standing on a platform on one side of the field, blew a whistle and yelled, “Fall in!”
I took a position in the row farthest from the man in front and noticed that everyone around me was twisting and swinging their arms, so I started to do the same things.
“Jumping jacks, on the count. Hup, hup, hup,…,” called out the man on the platform and everyone around me started jumping and spreading their legs and raising their arms over their heads, so I tried to do the same. Very soon I was gasping for air, but I kept at it although I didn’t jump as high or move as much as this went on and it seemed to go on forever!
“Deep squats and bends, on the count. Hup, hup, hup,….”
I tried my best to keep up with the men around me but I quickly became so tired that I couldn’t keep up with the group.
This process went on and on from one tiring thing to the next.
Finally the man blew his whistle again and yelled “10 laps!” and everyone around me started to run slowly toward the Collegium wall where there was a trail and begin to follow it around the compound. I wasn’t able to run all the way around, not even half way around. I walked most of the way and when I got back to the field, I headed toward my room.
I stripped and hug up my sweaty clothes, collected a towel, washcloth pit on my robe and headed to the washroom. The water in the shower was cold but as hot as I was, I didn’t care. Drying my body wasn’t a problem, but my hair was something else. It was getting to just above my shoulders and it seemed to take forever to dry.
I made it to the mess hall at half past 6th bell and sank into a seat at a mostly deserted table.
I was helping myself to a stew when officer came over and sat across from me.
“I saw that you joined us today,” he said. “I’m Squad Leader Smyte and I don’t think we’ve been introduced?”
“My name is Joli and I’m the newest imager trainee.”
“That answers several of my questions. I didn’t think we were recruiting soldiers as young as you, and I know we don’t recruit girls. Even little sticks like you,” he chuckled.
“Yes, well exercise at 5th bell twice a week is on my schedule and today was my first time. I hope I live to make it to the next time you hold your pain sessions.”
“Eat these two juicy fruits, their juice and flesh will keep the stiffness and soreness down,” he said as he handed me two orange colored fruits and begin to peal the skin from one.
“I heard that you survived a ship wreck and then walked here on your own.”
“Not quite, I was tossed into the sea when a pirate ship attacked the one I was on, but a kind family found me on the road and brought me to Llantiago.”
Smyt just shook his head and said, “I want you to build up your strength gradually, so here is what I want you to do. After I start each exercise, I’ll give a toot on my whistle and that will mean you can stop that exercise and rest until I start the next one. Then when we do our running, I want you to slowly run 100 steps then walk 100 steps. Just do once around the wall for now and I’ll tell you when to do more.”
“Thank you very much. This is all so new to me and I’ve never been very strong.”
“You remind me of my little sister and I want to increase your strength and endurance. The best way to do that is to start slowly and build. If you try to do too much too quickly you’ll just hurt yourself.”
A class in Femaleness
All work and no play make plenty of jack but not a good Jill
I had been in the Collegium week and it seemed both longer and shorter. When I was with my tutors, time could drag but then the time between the end of a day and the start of the next seemed to fly. At first it seemed that I spent as much time writing down words I didn’t understand as learning what I was supposed to be reading. The initial sessions with each tutor were all questions with me feeling more and more dumb. Major Volytr talked to me during our last session and explained what was their plan for me.
“Joli, please excuse us as we attempt to put together a course of study that meets your needs,” he said. “I grew up in a scholarium. I was sent there when I was just a year or two older then you are now. The big difference between that scholarium and here is that we don’t have any experience of bring up youngsters as young as you, so we have to create something altogether new. You have been most helpful in telling us what we need focus on to help you. Please be patient with us while continuing to do your best to learn what we have asked you to do.”
After talking with Volytr, I didn’t feel so backward and dumb.
Captain Threkhyl worked with me on imaging. He was gruff and almost nothing I did seemed to please him. In our first session, we went to one of the workrooms where there was a piece of wood about a myter wide and tall, propped on its edge leaning against the outer wall of the room.
“I want you to stand at this line on the floor and image a hole in that piece of wood,” he said.
“Where should I place the hole?” I asked.
“In that piece of wood leaning against the wall,” he said.
“I meant is there an exact place you want the hole in the wood?” I answered.
“Remove that knot you see in the upper right corner”.
I focused on the knot and imagined that it was a hole and then the knot was gone and there was a hole in the wood.|
“That’s fine, but can you put a hole all the way through the board, as big as the one you started?”
I focused again and the hole went all the way through the board.
He looked at me out of the side of his eye, and then said, “can you image a knife into the board?”
I focused again and this time I wanted a knife to go through the center of the board, stuck in all the way to the handle, and there it was. I felt a little faint, but I stood still and didn’t say a thing.
“Come over here and put your back against the wall and do that again.”
I walked to the wall, turned around and put my back against it and concentrated on putting a hole through the board to the right of the knife and then putting another knife through the board to the right of the hole. When the hole and knife appeared, I did sway and had to put my hands against the wall to steady myself.
“Here, eat some of this jelled biscuit,” he said and handed me the biscuit and a mug of juice.
“Let’s go outside and see what your range is,” he said and picked up another piece of wood and opened the outside door that opened onto the parade field.
I was able to put a small hole through the wood and stick a knife into the wood up to 50 paces, but I had a stabbing pain in my head and was feeling dizzy.
“Eat all of this now before you go to your next class, and walk slowly even if you are a little late. If your tutor says anything about your being late tell him to come see me.”
As soon as I entered Major Alynkyr’s office, I told him what Captain Threkhyl said and he smiled and said, “lets review some of the things we’ve covered in our last two sessions.”
I was learning that imaging was a lot like exercise; both were very tiring, but exercise made you muscles sore while imaging made your head ache.
* * * * *
“Come in,” called Majro Volytr from his study.
He was surprised to see Mistress Holyswryth come through the door. She closed it and said, “I have a concern that I believe you should address.”
He had never had more than a few passing discussions with her and her presence in his office had him puzzeled.
“I have been watching what you are doing to our young lady and I want to let you know that there is a major deficiency in your curriculum,” she announced. “Are you attempting to turn her into a him?” she asked.
This took him by surprise. “I’m not certain I understand what you are objecting to and trying to say?” he responded.
“She spends all her time in her books, being drilled about what is in her books and then running her raged around this compound. When is she supposed to learn what SHE needs to a girl and then a proper lady?” she asked.
“I cannot honestly say that I ever thought about that aspect of her development.”
“Well you should. It takes a lifetime of constant learning to be a proper lady, even when your family is well to do. If I am to understand correctly, she has come to us from a small farm days away from anything that could be called civilization.”
He wasn’t sure that crofters and other backwoods families would agree with that description but he was interested to hear what she had in mind.
“What needs to be done to correct this deficiency?”
“I suggest two steps that you should do starting next week. First, I suggest that she be instructed in feminine society and deportment. Next I suggest that she be allowed to participate in the social gatherings that occur in our residence. This would mean a lessening of her current assignments so that she has some time available to her to participate in these activities.”
“Would you be willing to outline such a course of study and to supervise it?” he asked.
“Certainly,” she replied. “I wouldn’t have come here to speak about this if I had not thought through the consequences and obligations.”
* * * * *
At the start of the first week in my third month, I found that my schedule had changed and that I was to meet with Mistress Holyswryth three times a week. Was I going to learn about cooking or cleaning, I wondered?
* * * * *
“What is your assessment of our new little imager, Captain Threkhyl?” asked Major Volytr. “Does she have any potential?”
“Sir, after you and me, right now she is the strongest imager in the camp.”
“That is quite a claim Captain. What evidence makes you say that?”
“Have a look at this target board. This knife and hole were imaged at 50 paces.” He said as he touched the knife and put his finger in the hole.”
“I stopped the evaluation at that distance because I didn’t want her to hurt herself.”
“It appears she has plenty of power right now. What would you think about having Desyrk work with her on fine control imaging and also start developing shields,” said Volytr.
“I think that would work out for the best,” said Threkhyl.
* * * * *
“Tell me Joli, do you have any sisters or brothers?” asked Mistress Holyswryth.
“Yes Mistress, I have two sisters, one older and one younger than me,” I answered.
This was my first session with her and I wasn’t sure what to expect.
“Well you are at an important stage in your life: a time when your body will be changing; when your emotions may occasionally get the better of you; when you will make some decisions that will set the path for the rest of our life.”
“There are things we need to talk about so that I know that you know the kinds of things mothers tell their daughters. Also I have insisted that you participate in some of the activities that our young and older ladies do as part of our social life.”
“The first item on my list is your physical development. Have you started to have your monthly cycle?”
I knew what she was talking about because my older sister had started to have periods of bleeding just months before I had to leave the farm.
“No Mistress, I have not.”
“There are supplies in the linen closet that you may use and here is a special garment for you to wear. The cloth pads you will find in the closet fit here,” she said and indicated the center of what looked like a type of diaper. “There is a special tub in the washroom for you to put the soiled one into.”
I felt my face flush and I also started to worry.
“You will not know this, but in living arrangements such as ours, we all tend to start our bleeding within a few days of each other. I wanted to explain this to you in case your time came earlier or later than you expected.”
“I know that imager training is rigorous, and that you are required to wear a uniform of sorts, but I have some suggestions that should help you present a more feminine appearance”
She went on to talk about types of dresses, split-skirts, blouses, jackets shoes, hose, ear jewelry, and scarves that would be appropriate, ending with a statement that she planned to write a message to Major Volytr requesting approval of the additional wardrobe for you.
“Men are happy wearing the same thing day after day. They don’t expect or want to changer their appearance. We women want our outfits to enhance our plans for the occasion, to do that we need variety of options to choose from. I will be speaking with the Major after he read my message, so don’t worry about the process. We will have to travel to LLantiago several times to purchase what we need.”
I was glad she had brought this subject up because I was getting bored with wearing only the same clothes day after day. I was even more excited to hear that I would be getting out of this walled compound.
“Now tonight I want you to join us in the parlor at 8th bell. It is time for you to learn some useful homemaking skills. I believe that it is time for your next class, you and I will meet again day after tomorrow,” she said.
That evening, when I entered the parlor – a large room on the 2nd floor above the entry hall, I recognized two people, Mistress Holyswryth and Jynen, the cook trainee who had helped me the day I arrived.
“Ladies, I want you to meet Joli,” the Mistress announced to the room as I came in the door.
I looked around and it seemed to me that everyone who lived in the building was there. I gave a small smile as I looked around.
“Come sit here and tell us about yourself and how you came to be here,” said the Misterss.
I did as she asked and except for a few details told the story my coming to the Collegium.
“She has been a very busy girl since her arrival, in fact I had to remind the good Major that we girls need time to be with each other,” she smiled and said. “She’s been forced to spend her waking hours in the presence of men and that is no way for a young girl to gain the knowledge she will need to survive.”
There was light laughter all around at these words.
“Joli, would you mind answering some questions I’m sure the girls have some, I know I do?” she asked.
“I’ll try to answer them as best I can,” I said.
Over the next glass, I answered questions about imaging and my training until finally Mistress said, “ladies, I think we have exhausted or new girl and I know she has readings and other course work to do before she gets to sleep tonight. Thank you for putting up with our questions, Joli.” Having said that, she looked around the room and walked out.
Several of the younger girls, including Jynen came to me and told me how glad hey were to meet me and that they would be glad to help me anyway they could.
As I was leaving the parlor, Jynen said, “do you mind if I walk with you to your room?”
I replied, “not at all.”
“I saw some men working in here last week but it doesn’t look like they did anything,” she said as we went into my room.
“Some imagers were in here. They put a thin layer of metal on each wall, the floor and ceiling as well as the door. Then they installed window glass made with a special metal. This is the same thing that they have done to all of the imagers’ rooms in the other buildings,” I answered.
“Remember I told everyone that I imaged a lit candle in my sleep? Well metal keeps my imaging inside this room. It’s a safety precaution for everyone around me. It’s the same as the rooms imagers had in the Autoriarch’s palace.”
“Well I’m glad we will be able to spend some time with you,” she said, then hugged me and kissed me on the cheek.
I didn’t let go of my hug, but kissed her back on the lips then I realized what I had done and backed away saying, “I’m sorry, I got carried away.”
“That’s alright, I enjoyed it,” she said and turned left me standing alone in my room.
I plopped on my bed. My legs were weak and it felt like I had butterflies in my stomach.
(13) If you can’t touch me you can’t hurt me
We all build walls around ourselves to keep safe from the bumps and knocks
This is a fan-fiction set on Terahnar the world created by L.E. Modesitt for his Imager series. I have no rights to any of it and don’t claim to. I just wanted to see what a story about a MTF transgender person set in the time just after Rex Regis consolidated Lydar into Solidar would be like.
Thank you Anne for your editorial comments and help with making this story readable.
If you can’t touch me you can’t hurt me
We all build walls around ourselves to keep safe from the bumps and knocks
“Joli, send a stone from the basket so that it hits me right here,” Desyrk said and tapped the center of his chest.
I didn’t want to hurt him so I sort of image-lobbed it at him.
It bounced off of something I couldn’t see, about an arms length from his body and dropped to the floor.
“A little harder please,” he said with a smile.
I focused on sending a rock at him like it had come from a sling!
The same thing happened, except the rock rebounded and the bounced around the room.
“What are you doing?” I asked.
“We call it an imager shield,” he said. “I imagine that there is an invisible mesh like wall between me and whatever might hurt me.
“Let’s see if you can create a shield and I’ll test it by pressing on it with my shield.”
I thought about a blanket made of gauze and there was one, right in front of me but Desyrk easily knocked it down and mentioned that it wasn’t invisible.
Eventually he had me create a solid wall and then make it invisible and then make it strong enough to resist his pressing on it with his shield.
After what seemed like forever of creating and recreating shield after shield, I felt as though I had run laps around the wall.
“That’s enough for today. I want you to listen to what I’m about to tell you: only create a shield when you are outside, not in any room; especially your room. If you were to try it in your room you could kill yourself.
“Feel how much cooler the air is right here near us? That’s because imaging uses the heat that is found all around us including in living things that are near us. At the battle of Viaraina, the Commander of imagers froze over 50,000 soldiers plus every one in the Chateau of the ruler. He also wrapped the entire Chateau in an alabaster stone so hard it cannot be chipped or scratched. The river Aluse had ice flows a foot thick and every bush, tree and shrub for a half mille south of the Chateau was frozen and turned to dust. The more powerful the imaging, the more heat it takes and uses.”
I now understood more clearly what Major Volytr meant when he told me that the more powerful I became, the greater the danger I represented to myself and to others.
After two more weeks of work I was able to create shields that could stop a knife or an arrow coming toward me.
“You have made a good start on imager shields, now watch closely,” said Desyrk and he vanished from my sight and after a short time he just as quickly reappeared. “That’s a concealment or invisibility shield. Its very similar to a protective shield but you concentrate on becoming invisible behind the shield. You try it.”
I first created a protective shield then I focused on becoming invisible.
“Is it working?” I asked
“Who said that!” said Desyrk with a laugh, turning his head from side to side as if looking for the origin of the voice.
That gave me an idea. I was still invisible and I focused on my voice coming from across the room, as if I had moved.
“This is really neat,” I imaged projected my voice.
When Desyrk turned toward the spot where my voice apparently came from, I released my shields and tapped him on the shoulder.
“Hey! That’s a pretty good trick! I’ll have to use it some time,” he laughed.
Two afternoons a week we had cooking class. I was the fourth girl in the class and the only imager. The others were kitchen trainees who had all been cooking from the time they were little. I was fortunate that maman had insisted that I learn my way around the stove along with my older sister so I wasn’t that much further behind than anyone else. The classes were held in the small kitchen in the women’s residence hall. The kitchen was a room on the first floor at one end of the hall that went from one side of the hall to the other.
The first classes focused on basic food preparation such as knife skills, the uses and characteristics of various pots, pans, skillets, grills, and on and on. I didn’t know there were so many things to cook in. We had classes on various types of meat, then vegetables and on and on. We ended each session by cooking our evening meal and eating it in the parlor next to the kitchen.
I was happy to find that Jynen was the instructor for one of the sessions each week. She was so helpful and patient with me and most times we would sit together to eat the meal I had prepared. It was so nice to talk with her about our families as well as the ways to cook different types of food.
Her family lived in the village of Westisle. Her parents had a chandlery and her brothers were sailors. She was the baby and the only girl so she was used to being around men and learned from a very young age how to get her way with a smile or pout. Talking with her was so nice. It reminded me of talking with my sisters and mother.
As my classroom studies caused me to spend more and more time reading and writing papers so I started taking a tray of food to my room so that I could eat and work at the same time. About the second time Jynen was instructing and I took a tray to my room, she asked, “mind if I join you?”
“Not at all but I have some reading to do so I may not be much company.”
“That’s alright. I just like sharing meals with you,” she said and smiled.
We talked about what I was studying and what she was doing in the kitchen. It helped me with my studies when I had to explain what I was trying to learn.
“Talking to you really helps me because if I can explain it to you, I know I understand it, but if I can’t explain it, I need to study more. Do I help you at all?”
“Yes, when we talk about what we cooked, I learn what I’ve been able to explain to you and the others, and what I need to do a better job explaining.”
“I really like your smile, especially when it reaches your eyes,” she said during one of our meals together.
“I like being with you, so smiling is easy,” I said.
“I have this Solayi off, would you like to come have a meal with my parents? We can walk there, it’s not very far.”
“Yes I’d love to, but I have ask Major Volytr and be back here before curfew.”
“That’s fine, because I have to be back and ready to work the first meal shift starting next week. We can leave after I finish the morning meal and have time to see the sights of Westisle village,” she said with a small smile.
The next day, at the end of my morning session with Major Volytr I asked if I could visit Jynen’s family in the village Solyai.
“As long as you are not traveling alone and return before curfew, I think that would be good for you.”
When he said that, I wanted to hug him.
Jynen’s kitchen duty schedule ended at 3rd bell in the afternoon, but I had sessions until 6th bell so I was more than a little anxious to tell her I could go with her. I went first to the parlor to see if she was there and headed for her room when one of the girls in the parlor said that she had just left.
I tapped on her door and called, “Jynen I’ve got some good news.”
She opened the door and invited me in and I saw that she was in her nightshirt.
“I’m sorry to keep you up but Major Volytr gave me permission to visit your family Solayi, but I have to be back by curfew.”
“Why don’t you come into bed with me,” she said with a smile.
“I can’t sleep with you and it’s not because I don’t want to.”
“What is it then?”
“Remember I told you that I imaged a candle in my sleep? Well what if I had a bad dream and I did some imaging that hurt you? I don’t want to take the chance.”
“Well what if we don’t sleep?”
After a glass or so I went back to my room. I felt I was floating down the hall but I didn’t check to see if my feet were actually touching the floor.
I dropped off to sleep thinking about walking with Jynen into the Village of Westisle. We were walking down a street and suddenly thee were three men running towards us yelling “get them!” I needed a wall to keep the men from attacking us and then there was one, across the sidewalk and street.
I sat up and opened my eyes and realized that I was in my room and had been dreaming. My heart was pounding and my breath came in little gasps. I took deep breaths and got up, walked around the room several times until my heart stopped racing. I lit a candle and went to my desk to do some assigned reading and eventually my mind settled enough to get back to sleep.
I was two years younger than Jynen. Her hair was white-blond. She was just a little taller than I was and a little heaver because of the muscles she had developed working in the kitchen. Her black eyes looked like dark gems against her hair. They seemed to sparkle as she talked about the ships, the sea, and the village as we walked together along the harbor. I realized that I was both happier and calmer than I had been in a long time. The last time I could recall being this happy was before I was sent away from home. As we walked, I reached over and squeezed Jynen’s hand.
“It has been a very long time since I’ve been this happy,” I said “and you are the reason for it.”
She blushed and said, “I’m so glad. I want you to be happy. Remember I told you I like to see you smile.”
We walked and held hands until she pulled me to a stop and said, “That’s the chandlery, the “Sea Chest”.”
The three-story building faced the harbor and had a painting of a chest with rope and tackle spilling out and the words SEA CHEST in an arch above the chest.
As we entered the store, a voice called, “Jynen, you’re here early, Maman is upstairs,” a thin man said, from behind the counter at the rear of the large room filled with all sorts of things used on a ship and supplies that sailors would need.
“Papa, this is Joli. I told you about her and here she is, the only female imager on Westisle,” as she said, this she seemed to be as proud as if she was showing off a prized pony.
“It is very nice to meet you Factor,” I said.
“Please call me Gerydn,” he said, “now go on upstairs and let your Maman know you are here or she will think I’ve lashed you to a mast.”
I looked around and noticed that there were several large wooden posts supporting the ceiling and recognized them as sections of masts like the ones on the ship I had sailed in.
We climbed the stairs onto a landing and through double doors into a parlor. We went through the parlor into a kitchen where a dark haired version of Jynen was coming around a large table in the middle of the room.
“What have you brought home, little Jyn?” she called.
“This is Joli, the imager I told you about.”
“It’s nice to meet you Mistress," I said.
“Don’t call me Mistress, call me Andyrn,” she said.
“What an impressive kitchen you have, Andyrn. I can see where Jynen learned how to cook such wonderful meals,” I said.
“Jyn, you and Joli go get washed up and come help me prepare the meal.”
As we helped we talked about what had been happening around Westisle and with her brothers, then we talked about what Jynen was learning and doing at the Collegium. Finally we got around to me and I told the tale of my trip to the Collegium. The food was ready to eat when I finished the story of my travels so Andyrn asked, “Joli, please go down and ask Gerydn if he would close up shop and help us enjoy this wonderful meal.”
After helping with the cleanup from the meal, I thanked both Gerydn and Andyrn for their hospitality and promised to return soon. Jynen guided me along a return route that went along a ridge above the village that had a wonderful view of the harbor and Llantiago across the gulf. We stopped at a spot with a stone bench and sat to enjoy the sunset and mood rise.
“I need to tell you something important and I want you to listen to everything before saying anything,” she turned and said to me.
“I have been attracted to you from the first time I meet you. As I examined my feelings I realized that I’m in love with you. I know that you enjoy my company and I hope me telling you this won’t drive you away from me.”
“Oh Jynen, I’ve been in love with you from the night we kissed,” I said as I hugged her and felt her tears on my neck. We kissed and held on to each other until well after the setting sun gave way to night.
I had been at the Collegium for about 8 months and was wondering if I would spend the rest of my life on Westisle and inside its walls. The day trip to visit Jynen’s family was wonderful, but I was still on the island.
I moved into nicer quarters after I helped create the extension to the apartment building for female staff and now also a single female imager with room for several more. Two senior imagers came to Westisle from Image Isle at L’Excelsis, the capital of Solidar to help design and supervise the construction. They had done the same thing for the buildings at Image Isle so they were well prepared to help us improve our quarters and other buildings for imagers’ training and work.
They put all the imagers to work remodeling and constructing buildings. This gave us all a chance to work on creating rather than just putting holes and blades in targets. It was nice to know that I had a significant part in helping make special places for any female imagers who might come to us.
“Look closely at this model,” said Under Captain Baelthm, as he touched a wall on the model. “I want you to create a wall just like that over there on the foundation we made the other day. See how the walls blend into the foundation. I want you to make the wall thick enough to fill the space between the chalk marks as well.”
“Concentrate on using the stones from the supply pile to make the wall and draw power from the heat of the fire we started in the pit over there. Take your time and make sure the image is perfectly clear in your mind.”
I felt slightly dizzy and there was a real life-sized wall standing on the foundation.
“That’s very good. Now focus on the size of the window in relation to the wall and make it just like it is on the model.”
Bit by bit all of us junior imagers worked to create the new buildings and modifications to the existing buildings, from walls and doors down to tables, chairs, beds and other furnishings. It was tiring at first but became easier as the weeks went on.
“Well Joli, I want to tell you that you have officially become an imager trainee level one or primus. This means that you will now be getting a silver every week. It also means that you will be allowed to leave the Westisle for short times, with an escort,” said Major Voltyr at the end of one of our sessions after we had completed the construction projects.
I felt like the door to a large pen had been opened. Getting additional silvers would be nice, but I didn’t have any idea just what having that number of coins actually meant.
”This next Samedi we will be going into LLantiago to see about increasing your wardrobe, said Mistress Holyswryth at the end of our session. “Would you like someone else to accompany us?”
“Yes, if Jynen is free I’d like to invite her to come with us,” I replied.
“I thought you might suggest that she come with us so I've already asked and she has agreed. I think it would be good to have a younger person’s perspective when purchasing clothes for you. We will be leaving at 7th bell so that we can catch the morning ferry and we will come back on the night boat that leaves Llantiago at 7th bell. That should give us enough time to shop and perhaps time to see a little of the reconstruction of the city center.”
I had to remember to see the paymaster tonight to collect my silvers that had been accumulating in my account. Mistress had not asked me how I was going to pay for my clothes so I had to ask, “I don’t know if I have enough silvers to buy many clothes. How much do you think I will need?
“If you want to buy some special items, like jewelry or scarves, I think you will have sufficient funds. The Collegium will pay for the clothes that you will be expected to wear while doing imager business.” I was amazed.
“What sort of imager business would require that I have special clothes?”
“Major Volytr ad I have need talking and we think that having a young woman imager could be vary advantageous. No one would expect that a young girl was also an imager and that could be quite an advantage in some circumstances. However dresses all in gray is a giveaway, so we are going to outfit you in some clothes that meet the imager requirements of having gray in them, just not the military type outfit male imagers wear. So tomorrow we will get a few things, dresses, blouses, skirts, jackets and such that you can mix and match to make several different outfits.”
I couldn’t wait to talk to Jynen, so after the afternoon shift finished with the evening meal, I waited a half glass then tapped on her door.
When she opened the door, I closed it behind me and hugged her, “How long have you known about our trip?”
“Mistress Holyswryth asked me yesterday.”
“I’m so happy to get out off this island and so happy that you are coming with me.”
I couldn’t help it, I kissed her lips as we held each other. I felt our bodies press together and felt her hands on my back and then gently caressing my bottom.
“My,” she said, “somebody has a nice set of firm buns.”
“All it takes is a few laps around the wall path every other day.” I said.
“I don’t have time for that so I’ll just have to enjoy feeling yours.”
We held each other for a little longer until she said, “I know you have to get up before dawn and I’m so tired I can barely stand, so I think we had better say good night.”
I would have liked to stay with her longer, but she was correct and I went back to my room and to my studies.
We were on the first ferry of the day at 7th bell on Samedi. The wind was blowing steady from not quite behind the boat. I was wearing a dark gray split skirt, and short jacket, over a light gray blouse. I had lace up black boots that had a small heel. Jynen was wearing a sea blue dress, with a dark blue coat and white boots, Mistress Holyswryth had a wine red skirt, a cream blouse and dark green coat with dark brown boots. We all had our coins in pouches under our coats in a pocket or on a belt.
“Ladies, I suggest that we visit a seamstress first thing so that we will have plenty of time to shop after the fitting,” said Misstress Holyswryth.
“That sounds wondeful,” I said, “I’ve never seen a seamstress do a fitting. Do you mind if I watch?”
“You should have a good view of the process because you are the one having the fitting,” she replied. “That’s the only way you will be able to have the wardrobe the Major and I have in mind.”
“You are a special imager. As far as Major Volytr knows, you are 2nd female imager who has come to the Collegium and he has indicated that you will need to have the knowledge and social skills to deal with wealthy landowners and factors. This means that on occasion you will be in their presence and will need to be dressed appropriately.”
We hired a hack to take us to a small shop in the hills above the city center where they were rebuilding.
“Hello Lyli. It’s good to see you again,” said the woman who greeted us as we entered the shop.
I looked around to see who might be behind us, and heard Mistress Holyswryth say, “Myrdth, it is good to see you again too. I’d like to introduce you to Joli D’ Imager and Jynen D’Cusine. We are here to have young Joli measured for several outfits.”
We were directed into a room in the rear of the shop and I was told to remove my clothes down to my underwear. The next two quints of a glass were spent measuring me every-which-way and recording the measurements in a book. The rest of the glass was spent looking at bits of cloth and drawings of dresses, skirts, coats and other items of clothes that I never knew existed.
The next stop was a store full of shoes. Shoes of all sorts of colors and styles: shoes that you could wear to a dance; shoes you could wear to work in the garden; shoes for morning and afternoon and night. There must have been a shoe for any activity from getting up in the morning until you took your feet out of a pair of shoes and put them under the covers. Of course we all had our favorites: I really liked a black pair that only had a strap across the back and digit high heel; Mistress Holyswryth kept wearing a shoe with an open back and a higher heel in dark blue; Jynen’s favorite was a sandal style in tan leather.
“Ladies, we will leave our purchases here and retrieve them when we return to the ferry this evening,” said Mistress Holyswryth. “Lets find a place to sit and eat lunch.”
We walked a few blocks and found a café that had an interesting menu and tables on a patio away from the public pathways. I think Jynen especially enjoyed not having anything to do with the meal.
“Joli, do you recall the family you stayed with before you came to Weatisle?” asked Mistress Holyswryth.
“Yes, it was Nilynn Havgrove, a produce factor. They were very kind to me. They let me ride with them for two days and then Nilynn brought me to Under Captain Desyrk who took me to Westisle,” I said.
“Let’s see how far it is to his factorage and if it isn’t too far, we can visit him if you want?” she said.
“That would be wonderful,” I beamed.
Mistress Holyswryth waved at a passing hack and asked if he knew of a produce factor named Nilynn Havgrove.
“Aye, Mistress I know of it. Its’ about a ride of a quint from here,” he said.
About a quint later we entered the door under the sign “Havgrove Produce Factorage” and walked to the counter at the back.
“Can I assist you ladies?” Nilynn asked.
“Nilynn, don’t you recognize me?” I asked.
“Joli? Is that you in all that gray?” he replied. “Wait here, I’ll call Mylinco and Mixy,” he told us, and we could hear him call up the stairs that they should come see who is here.
“Look at you,” Mylinco said “all dressed up and neat as a pin.”
Both she and Mixy swept over and wrapped me in a big hug. Tears came to my eyes; I hadn’t realized how much I missed them.
I pulled apart from them and introduced Mistress Holyswryth and Jynen.
“Please call me Lyli,” Mistress Holyswryth said. “I wanted to meet the family that helped our young imager out when she was lost in the woods and to tell them how happy we are that she is part of our family.”
I was both amazed and pleased at what she said.
“We have been leading her through a strenuous course of study that has stressed her mind, body and spirit and she has done everything we’ve asked with a cheerful disposition.”
“We knew she was special, finding her where we did and then when she disarmed the footpads; well we were lucky she was with us,” said Nylinn.
We stayed to have tea with cheese, fruit and small cakes and a lot of talking about what was going on both in LLantiago and across this new land.
We took another hack to retrieve our purchases.
We were walking from the seamstress shop, where I had to put on one of the unfinished dresses, then stand on a small box while adjustments were made to make it fit me. We agreed to a schedule for the delivery of my new clothes and Mistress Holyswryth signed a bill so that the seamstress could get paid.
As we were walking to the shoe store three men came out of a side street and blocked the walkway.
“Aren’t you ladies in luck! We have just what you need,” said the one in the middle.
He was the biggest of the three and had the same style canvas pants I had seen the sailors wear on the ship I had been on.
“Young man, for your own good I suggest that you stumble back down that alley you just came from,” said Mistress Holyswryth.
“Oh I think I know what best for me and my mates. Why don’t you girls show us what you have wrapped up under all those clothes,” he said as they came toward us.
I imaged an invisible wall in front of us and they hit it and bounced back. I was also thrown to the ground by the force of the impact. They needed to be in a cell with bars on the window, so I focused and then there they were. The stone walls were only a little taller then the biggest man and just wide enough for the three of them to stand side-by-side.
I was light headed and was glad I was still sitting on the stone walkway because I felt too weak to stand.
“What is going on?” came from a man running down the road toward us and now blowing a whistle. As he got closer I could see that he was wearing some kind of uniform.
“We were being attacked by these ruffians,” said Mistress Holyswryth and she pointed at the men in the cell who were staring through a small window and yelling about what they were going to do when they got free.
“How did they get into that place and where did it come from?” asked the patroller.
“As I said, they were attacking us. We were on our way to take the evening ferry to Westisle when these men stopped us and demanded sexual favors and threatened us with harm if we didn’t comply. When they came toward us, Joli D’Image, here,” and she pointed to me, I was still seated on the road, “first made some type of barrier in between us. They hit it and were knocked back on their bums. They got to their feet and started to come at us again. That’s when Joli put them in that stone box. If it had been me, I wouldn’t have given the box any windows.”
“Why were you ladies here?”
“We have been shopping today. We came over on the ferry this morning and were on our way back to the ferry”
“Well, I’m sorry you had a run in with this scum. Wait just a moment and my partner will accompany you to the ferry.”
He looked closer at the cell and the men who had settled down.
“How are we going to get them out of there?”
“I can create a door if you want,” I offered.
“Wait until some more patrollers arrive to help me with these idiots,” the patroller said.
It took half a glass for the extra patrollers to show up and then I imaged a space in the wall that enlarged the small window into a doorway. The sailors came out, still protesting, and began struggling with the patrollers. They were quickly knocked to the street and had their hands tired behind them and then they were roped together.
“What are we going to do with that stone hut?” asked the senior patroller who had come to oversee the commotion.
“I can make it go away, if you want,” I said.
“A little thing like you?”
I concentrated and the stone cell was gone and I grabbed Jynen’s arm for support. A cold breeze washed over us.
The patrollers looked at each other with their mouths hanging open.
“If she can do that to a stone cell, you idiots are lucky she didn’t make you disappear altogether,” said the senior patroller.
“Yrurt, escort these ladies to the ferry.”
The young patroller walked with us first to the shoe store then riding in a hack with us to the dock where the ferry to Westisle was loading and saw us safely on board.
On the ship back to Westisle talked about our new cloths, the shopping, the fiting and Mixy’s family. We didn’t talk about the ruffians and what I did to them at all.
When we got to our residence hall, Mistress Holyswryth, said good night to us and Jynen said, “Can I come with you to your room? I want to talk to you about something.”
As soon as we were in my room and the door closed, Jynen wrapped her arms around me and planted a passionate kiss on my lips. She took me by surprise, but quickly my arms went around her and I started returning the kiss from my side. It was a while before we separated our lips enough to talk.
“I’ve been wanting to do that for a while,” she said.
“I’ve been wanting you to do that for a while,” I said.
“I was so afraid when those men jumped out at us. Then they just fell on their bums and you fell down and then they were trapped in that stone room. I was so glad and scared at the same time.”
“How did you know to put them in that stone room?”
“I didn’t think about it, I just knew that when they started to get up and come at us after they ran into my invisible wall, I had to put them somewhere they couldn’t get to us to hurt us.”
“I’m so happy you were there and proud of you,” she said and kissed me again.
“You know I’m in love with you and I don’t even care if you love me. Just please let me be part of your life.”
“I do love you very much and as long as we are here on the isle, we can be together.”
When I said those words I knew that I had made a decision that would affect both of us for the rest of our lives.
Part 14 - In the school for imagers,
What do kids know anyway – as much as we care to teach them.
This is a fan-fiction set on Terahnar the world created by L.E. Modesitt for his Imager series. I have no rights to any of it and don’t claim to. I just wanted to see what a story about a MTF transgender person set in the time just after Rex Regis consolidated Lydar into Solidar would be like.
Thank you Anne for your continued help in this project.
In the school for imagers
What do kids know anyway – as much as we care to teach them.
By the time I had been at Westisle a year and a half, I wasn’t the newest imager many times over, however I was still the only girl. With the start of the New Year, two scholars came to teach and coordinate our education. So instead of just tutorial sessions with Major Volytr, Captian Threkhyl, Under-Captian Kolyrt and Mistress Holyswryth I was now in classes taught by the scholars with 6 or 8 other young imagers. The classes were in reading, writing, history and languages. I studied Court Bovarian and Telleran, two languages that were used in the home country of Rex Regis although Bovarian was the language of Bovaria, who’s ruler made the mistake of attacking Tilbar and brought the wrath of Rex Regis (although be wasn’t called that until he and his imager supported army had consolidated all of the nations on Teleryn) down on his head.
From the history lessons and what I knew of my homeland, Antiago, the consolidated rule of Rex Regis was preferable to the rule of either of the Rexes of the lands who had opposed him. If for no other reason, having a single set of laws for the entire continent certainly made it easier for commerce and the lives of everyone – only one set of laws to live with.
I had a course of study tailored to my abilities and interests as well as my gender. I determined this because no one else was taking all the same courses I took and as we learned more and developed more imaging skills we had mostly tutorials from senior imagers and others who were masters of their disciplines.
The most gut-wrenching sessions were the human anatomy study for advanced imager trainees. These sessions were conducted in the medical annex next to the prison in Llantiago. The first sessions I just watched as cadavers were cut open and the placement of the organs and blood vessels were shown. In following sessions I had to image wax into a windpipe, or air into a blood vessel in the chest or head, or a bullet into a heart. This was very gruesome, but it was pointed out that sometime I might have to use this knowledge to save my life or the lives of others.
Working on dead bodies was how I learned about the female parts I didn’t have inside me and then about the missing ribs and the tilt of the female pelvis.
My special courses included regular sessions on cooking, dress and deportment, household management, as well as etiquette, and dancing. This was in addition to the sessions with senior imagers designed to increase my imager skills and ability.
My body had become curvier and my breasts had grown a little, but I was much flatter and straighter than the other girls my age as I could tell by looking at them in the washroom and showers. I decided that I needed to change my shape a tiny bit at a time if I didn’t want to do myself real harm. I reasoned that real girls didn’t develop overnight so why not mimic the normal female development. I picked out a girl, one of the cook trainees, who was about my age and size and made a point to be in the shower room at least once a week, when she was there. It wasn’t difficult once I determined her schedule. As we were getting ready to shower I would compare her shape to mine and as I showered I would image my body to match hers.
Jynen really liked my changes.
“It’s about time you got some hips and a waist,” she commented after I had been at this process for a few months, “and I especially like your perky boobs. They are much more fun to play with.” She said this as she gently squeezed them and suckled my larger nipples. We would spend time together when ever our schedules allowed and no one seemed to mind, but then this was a place filled with unusual people – imagers and the like.
I was able to deepen my vagina without much pain or difficulty, but I was at a loss about creating the rest of the baby making organs. Changing my vagina seemed to be the best I could reasonably do. That left not having periods and I hoped no one noticed.
I was mistaken.
“Why don’t you have periods and cramps like the rest of us?” Jynen asked one night as we were cuddling after a session of pleasing each other.
“I don’t know, maybe it has something to do with my late development.”
“I think you should ask a Healer that treats women to examine you to make sure you don’t have a physical problem, like a blockage or something that could be really bad.”
“Alright, I’ll ask one of the women healers to look at me down there.”
“My dear, I have some sad news for your,” said Weylt, the chief of healers after my examination.
“It seems the Nameless didn’t give you the ability to have children I’m sorry to have to tell you.”
I kept my face as placid as I could. I didn’t want to show any emotion because I thought that no reaction was better than too much in either direction.
“Should I be worried? Is there a problem that will damage my health?” I asked.
“Not as far as can tell. You seem in perfect health except that you don’t seem to have the organs necessary to have a child.”
“Thank you, I have been waiting for my monthly cycle to start and because it hasn’t, a friend urged me to have someone look to be sure I wasn’t in real trouble.”
“Well, the one trouble you won’t have to worry about is becoming pregnant,” said Healer Weylt. “However I would remind you that sex with multiple partners can lead to other health problems, so just because you cannot get pregnant, doesn’t mean that you cannot get ill.”
When I told Jynen, she said “That’s good to know that I can’t get you pregnant.”
I came into the dining hall at the just after 7th glass, Vendi the 7th of Avryl and noticed a new face at the imager trainee table. I remember the date and meeting this new imager clearly and probably always will. As I approached the empty seat across the table from this, to me, unknown person he said, “I’d like a refill of ham strips and eggs, and you can warm up my tea mug while you are at it.”
I just looked at him, stood there and stared at him. Eventually he stopped shoveling food into his mouth, looked up at me and said, “are you hard of hearing or don’t you understand Bovarian?”
“I’ll see if I can attract the attention of a server and you can tell the server what you want,” I said, trying my best to keep my voice even and only loud enough for him to hear my reply.
I sat in the chair across from him, put my napkin in my lap and caught the eye of one of the serving girls.
She came over to me and asked, “what can I get you for your meal, imager Joli?”
I told her and then said, “this person,” and I indicated the rude fellow across from me, “would also like to ask you to serve him something.”
“Wait, you can’t be an imager, women aren’t imagers,” he said, and I noticed that the other imagers at the table were all staring intently at their plates.
I extended my hand across the table and said, “My name is Joli. I’m an imager trainee.”
Instead of grasping my out-stretched hand, I saw a knife float off the table and fly toward me. I imaged it into nothingness. The unknown imager’s mouth went from a hard line to gulping like a fish out of water.
“Is your name Stupid or Rude? Or is it something else?”
“I’m called Urytl and I just got here yesterday.”
“Welcome to Westisle and I hope you live long enough to outrun your stupidity,” I replied. And you two,” I said to the imagers on either side of him, “could have tried to keep him from swallowing his foot all the way to his knee.”
“You should have seen your face when he gave you his food order,” said Evannt trying to control his laughter.
“And then you asked if his name was stupid or rude,” said Kolyrt, wiping tears from his eyes.
Kolyrt and Evannt were imager trainees who were already at Westisle when I arrived.
“I do hope, Imager Urytl, that you will remember that imaging outside the supervision of a senior imager is not permitted, for our own good,” I said.
“I don’t need a lecture from some little girl,” said Urytl.
“Apparently you do,” said Captain Threkhyl, “I’d like to see you in my office right after you finish here.”
Urytl didn’t say another word the rest of the meal, but glowered at me whenever he looked up from his plate.
A week after this confrontation, I was on my morning run, through a wooded area next to a pond when I felt a strong push that knocked me off the trail and I splashed into the water.
“You ought to watch where you put your feet,” said Urytl as he ran past me, a big smile on his face.
I splashed out of the pond and resumed my run. I needed to think this through. I hadn’t started this contest but I wasn’t going to be a target for a bully either.
Later that day I was in a class on imaging skills conducted by Captain Threkhyl with Kolyrt and Evannt. We were practicing destroying clay pots that were flung into the air from catapults. Captain Threkhyl had explained that this was one of the skills used to counter Antiagon Fire, a material that, once the pot broke apart on contact, would spread fire over a wide area. The goal was to destroy the pot as soon as it came out of the catapult or better yet, return it to a spot just in front of the catapult.
“About where the solders protecting the catapult would be,” said Captain Threkhyl.
The Captain had us rest and drink some water and eat a biscuit. As we were resting he had imager trainee Urytl demonstrate his ability to image holes and knives in targets at increasing distances, as he had done with me just after I arrived at the isle.
Urytl was able to do what he was asked up to about 30 yards, but after that his efforts were weaker and weaker until at 100 yards, he could neither stick a blade in the target or put a hole in it either.
“Joli,” asked Threkheld “would you please show Urytl how to do what I asked him to do at 100 paces?”
I imaged a knife into the wooden target on the right of the center, up to its guard, and then a hole all the way through on the other side of the center.
“That’s the way it’s done,” said Threkheld.
Thwack! Glob of mud hit the side of my head and I stumbled, but also brought up a shield between Urytl and me. Another mud ball hit the shield and then a rock hit my shields. I’d had enough. I imaged a shield all the way around him just outside his reach. I saw two large knives hit the shield from the inside. Then there was a pillar of ice in the middle of my shield and then it turned to steam and Urytl was gone.
I’d killed him! I sunk to my knees and put my hands over my face to hide my tears.
“Joli, stand up,” commanded Captain Threkheld. “I want you to go to your quarters and wait there for someone to come get you. Kolyrt, please escort Imager Joli to her quarters. I don’t want either of you to say a word on the way, and I want Kolyrt to stand guard outside your door until someone comes for you. Do you both understand?”
We both said “Yes Sir” and started toward my quarters with me plodding along, my heart felt as though it was in the bottom of my stomach.
I waited, sitting on my bed, for what seemed like forever. Kolyrt, rapped on my door and said, “Joli, your escort is here, please come with us.”
I followed Kolyrt and Evannt to Major Volytr’s office. Inside were the Major, Captain Threkheld, Under Captian Desyrk and Engineering Major Alynkyr. I entered and sat in chair Major Volytr pointed at.
“Imager trainee Joli this is an inquiry into the incident that occurred earlier today in which imager trainee Urytl died. We have heard testimony from the others who were at the incident. Would you please tell us what happened and what you were trying to do,” Said Major Volytr. “Please start at the point when you were first hit with the mud.”
“I had just completed the task Captain Threkheld had me do when I felt a blow on the side of my head. I reached up and felt something wet and sticky and looked at my hand and saw it was mud. I automatically created a shield between me and Ulryt. About then another ball of mud hit my shield. Then a rock hit my shield and then a knife.”
“I didn’t want this to continue and I didn’t want him to hurt me or anyone else so I created a shield all the way around Ulyrt more than his arm’s length way from him. I saw knives hit the inside of the shield, then a pillar of ice was there and when it turned to steam, nothing was left, not Ulyrt, nothing.”
“Was it your intent to injure Ulyrt?” asked Volytr.
“No, I just wanted to keep him from hurting anyone, that’s why I put the shield all around him.”
“Joli, please go into the conference room and wait there until someone comes for you,” said Volytr.
As I sat in a chair at the big table in the conference room, my mind kept spinning between the fact that I was a killer, that Ulyrt had turned to ice and that I had been responsible for taking a life. Over and over, these thoughts kept rolling through my mind.
Captain Desyrk came into the room and said, “Imager Joli, please come with me. Major Volytr wants to speak with you.”
I walked into Volytr’s office but Desyrk didn’t come in with me. Major Volytr was alone in his office and this time he directed me to one of the chairs around the small table where we usually sat when he was tutoring me.
“I’m sorry this happened to you, but I’m glad that you survived and used a minimum of force.”
I started to say something but he held up a hand for me to wait.
“Your actions indicated that you were not trying to injure Ulyrt. I want you to listen to me and pay close attention: you did not kill Ulyrt. If he had not attempted to injure you with larger and larger weapons, he would still be with us. Were you aware hat he tried to image a rather large mourning star at you? It was his choice to image something so big, it drew all of energy out of himself and turned him into a pillar of ice. You didn’t do that. He did. Do you understand what I am saying?”
“But because of my shield he turned to ice.”
“Yes, that is correct. You put a shield around him, but he didn’t have to try to do imaging inside it. There is a difference. Its like you gave a horse to someone and he went riding and fell off and broke his neck. You didn’t break his neck. He broke his neck because he chose to go riding. See the difference?”
I nodded my head and said, “Yes sir I see the difference its just that I’ve never even hurt anyone, at least not more than a bruise, and today Ulyrt died. I feel as though I helped kill him.”
“You probably don’t know this, but almost all imagers who live long enough to become adults, have a tragedy in their past. Most likely it involves serious injury or death to someone nearby to him or her. You were very fortunate, in that your discovery of your imaging didn’t result in a fire that burned down your house. Such things have happened often enough that people, like your family, understand that having an imager around can be very dangerous. It is also the reason we offer a reward for bringing imagers to us rather killing them or driving them into the wilderness.”
“I want you to have a talk with healer Healer Weylt tomorrow morning. She is expecting you in her office at 9th glass. Between now and then I want you to try and sort your feelings and not worry at all about your studies.”
With that dismissal I headed back to my quarters.
I seemed to be in a daze. I had never killed anything more than animals we ate on the farm and even then I didn’t participate in the slaughter of the bigger animals. In fact, I would hide far enough away that I didn’t have to hear the sounds of the dying animal. Yet I had just been part of killing a person.
At the dining hall the table conversation between the imagers never came close to talking about the incident. I wasn’t sure if the other imagers were ashamed of me, or frightened of me or what. No one would look me in the eye. No one joked or complained about the food. It felt as if I had my invisibility shield on and nobody could see me, yet I hadn’t raised my shield. I finished as quickly as I could and left that somber place.
I walked around the compound until 9th glass at night and went back to my room. I changed into my night clothes and was just sitting on my bed, staring out the window when I heard a tapping on my door and Jynen called, “May I come in Joli?”
I opened the door and closed it after she came in. Jynen turned around and grabbed me in a fierce hug.
“I heard what happened today and I was so frightened for you, then so sorry for you. Can you tell me what happened?”
I told her of the events starting with Threkhyl’s session and ending with my treatment at dinner.
“Oh Joli, they’re just afraid of you. You proved today that you could prevent any of them from attacking you and in the process cause their death if they tried to hurt you. All they knew before today was that you were a small young girl who doesn’t look like someone who could best them. Now they understand that you can and they don’t know how to treat you. Remember, the other imagers are men and men have to understand where they fit: on top, on bottom or somewhere in between. You just showed them that you are more powerful than they are and you are a girl. They can’t fit that into their structure.”
We sat on the edge of the bed and she held me as cried, “I didn’t mean to hurt him, I’ve never meant to hurt anyone, not even those stupid sailors that tried to attack us in LLantiago. Do I look like a monster? Am I a monster?” She held me and rubbed my neck and shoulders until I had cried my self out.
We lay in bed holding each other until I drifted off to sleep.
Urytl was standing in my room looking at me from within a column of clear ice. I heard his muffled voice “Why did you kill me?”.
I sat up straight and looked at an empty room, but there was a coating of frost on my blankets and on the floor. I looked around for Jynen and she wasn’t in the room. She must have left when I went to sleep. I was glad because I didn’t want her to see what I had done.
I did get back to sleep and woke up with the exercise bell, got up, dressed and went to join the early morning group workout.
This wasn’t as bad as last night’s meal because we were all trying to gulp air during our exercises and didn’t do much talking anyway. During the run around the compound, I stayed at the very back of the group and when I ran into a place where I couldn’t be seen, I brought up an invisibility shield all around me and waited until the group of imagers came back around, the joined the group running easily with them.
“She put a shield all the way around him?” “Yes, and a good yard or more away from him.” “And the idiot tried twice to image through it?” “Yep. He tried little knives first and they bounced off her shield, then some kind of big canon ball with spikes, that’s when he turned to ice.” “All I can say is that I wouldn’t have used a shield. I would have split him open with my own imaged axe.” “You know she does scare me. You look at her and all you see is a small girl and then she clamps a shield all the way around a big oaf.” “Yea, but she didn’t start it or attack him, but she sure did finish his problems.” “Like Kolyrt said the first night we saw her ‘the hottest peppers are the smallest’ and this is one you don’t want to try to bite.”
The group was getting back to the exercise field and I swung away to go back to my quarters, went behind some bushes and dropped my shields.
Healer Weylt’s office looked more like a ladies parlor than the sparse and functional offices of Major Volytr or any of the other male officers. There were two flower arrangements, one on a table and anther on a shelf. In addition to a pair of straight-backed chairs in front of her desk, there were two armed chairs with cushions on the seat and backs. The office had a welcoming feel and put me at ease immediately.
As I walked in, she said, “please sit over here in one of these chairs. Would you like some tea?”
“Yes please with a little honey.”
She had a pot on a small candle-like warmer from which she poured a cup for each of us.
“There’s honey in this pot, help yourself.”
After I had fixed my tea and taken a couple of sips she asked, “How are you feeling this morning?”
“I’m still upset that it happened. I really didn’t mean to hurt him. I never knew that what happened, could happen. I mean I thought shields protected you. I didn’t know they could kill.”
“I wouldn’t have thought that a shield could do that either. Major Volytr explained that imaging uses heat and that imagers draw heat from everyting around them. He told me about the last battle in Variana. The imager commander drew so much heat from the Bovarian army and those around the battle field that thousands were frozen where they stood, even in the Rex’s palace everyone in it was frozen and the near-by river iced over for a mille. Until he told me about that battle, I had not known the relation between imaging and heat and ice.”
“I have an offer for you. Would you like to learn about healing? I think you could use your imaging to help heal those who are injured here in the military post and Collegium.”
“Yes, I think I’d like that, better than turning someone into a pillar of ice.”
“I’ll talk with Major Volytr and we will start next week.”
“Thank you, I want to do things to help people, not hurt them.”
Imagine That, part 15 - Doing good and doing right are two edges of the same sword
This is a fan-fiction set on Terahnar the world created by L.E. Modesitt for his Imager series. I have no rights to any of it and don’t claim to. I just wanted to see what a story about a MTF transgender person set in the time just after Rex Regis consolidated Lydar into Solidar would be like.
(15)
Doing good and doing right are two edges of the same sword
I started on pigs, then goats, then horses. I would study a bone, like a leg bone or rib. Healer Weylt would take it out of the room, break it and bring it back on a tray and have me image it back together. When I mastered rebuilding the bones after I examined them, she started bringing broken bones that I had not seen before they were broken. I had to imagine how the bone should look and its size so that when it came back together it was the same size as before it was broken.
Then we started cutting into the bodies of animals before they were butchered for their meat. I had to pay attention to more that just the meat – or rather muscle. I had to recognize the blood vessels, tendons, cartilage and on and on.
The first time I watched a human body being cut up I almost passed out. I had to focus on what I was supposed to be seeing and then try to image the things Weylt wanted. I would image major veins closed then reopen them, which I was told would be very useful if surgery had to be performed. I also realized that I didn’t have to image a knife into someone to kill him, I just had to block the blood vessels in his neck, or close off his wind pipe. Even when trying to learn how to help healers, I had come up with a way to kill without a trace.
We took over 6 months cutting up bodies, cadavers I learned was the correct word, to cover all the various parts of a male body. Then we spent another two months doing the same to female cadavers so that I would know the differences between male and female anatomy. After doing this, I was glad that I was smart enough to stop my internal modifications with just a vagina because the complete female organs were extremely complex.
We also covered various medications for pain and fever and also poisons and their characteristics. I also learned that several types of liquids, such as alcohol, would minimize the likelihood that wounds would fester and lead to decayed flesh.
All in all it was almost a year before I saw my first live, injured patient.
A sailor had fallen while working on repairs to the rigging while the ship was docked. The fall hadn’t killed him, but had badly broken his legs an arm and several ribs.
“Joli, I want you to image a block in his spine about 3 digits below his neck. Then start with his ribs and work down to his feet,” Healer Weylt directed me.
I put a pressure block in his spine and he stopped groaning but continued to breath. Then I set about working, one bone at a time until I was done. I then removed the block and he gasped as feeling returned to his limbs.
I sat down because I was so exhausted. I drank some tea and ate some cheese and that lessened the pain in my head.
Weylt followed the man to his bed in the ward and I went into her office to wait.
“That was truly amazing. I have never seen anything like it,” she said to me as she walked into her office.
“I hope I did everything correctly,” I said and massaged my temples.
“I think he’ll be just fine. In fact, except for the soreness from the bruising he’s fine. We will let him rest and watch him tonight, but he should be able to leave here tomorrow.”
It felt so good to be able to help someone. I was a healer, not just a killer.
* * * * *
“Joli, this evening I will name you as an imager secondus at the weekly announcements. This will mean that you will receive 5 silvers a week. It also means that except for special training, you have completed your basic instruction,” said Major Volytr at our weekly session.
“I also have a special assignment for you that shouldn’t take more than a month. Lady Vaelora is coming to Llantiago to meet with the High Holders and factors councils to explain their obligations and expectations from our Rex, who happens to be her brother. She is also the wife of the Maitre of the Collegium at Image Isle in Excellesis. He was the Imager Commander who won the battle against Bovaria and he was the one who buried the Autoarch in his Castle.”
I want you to provide protection and support services for Lady Vaelora while she is here. Because you are female, having you as an assistant close to her all the time, shouldn’t be a problem or raise any questions. She will arrive in two weeks so you will need to work with Mistress Holyswryth to get together a suitable wardrobe. I don’t want you to stand out as an imager, but I do want you to follow the imager dress regulations. Mistress Holyswrth and I have discussed what needs to be done. I suspect it will mean another trip to the seamstress in Llantiago. I hope this time you don’t have to deal with drunken sailors.”
* * * * *
That evening when Jynen and I got together after the evening meal, I said, “When I meet with Mjor Volytr, he told me that I have a special assignment starting in two weeks in Llantiago. I’m going to be a special assistant to Lady Vaelora while she meets with groups of High Holders and Factors. I’ve been assigned to be her assistant and body guard. I’m supposed to put together a wardrobe of clothes suitable for my duties but don’t look like imager uniforms but still comply with the imager clothing requirements. This means another shopping trip to Llantiago. I’ll ask Mistress Holyswrth if you can come with us to help me like you did before.”
“It shouldn’t be difficult to swap with someone so that I have a free day later this week,” said Jynen.
The shopping trip wasn’t nearly as exciting as the first one. I have grown taller and curvier and bustier so it was time for a new collection of clothes, and shoes, and accessories. Scarves - I love scarves I can use them to bring some color to the severe gray outfits that I wear day-in day-out at the Collegium. On this shoping trip I got skirts, blouses, coats, dresses, pants, shoes and a collection of lingerie that will provide the foundation for my lovely new wardrobe.
At least from a clothing perspective, I felt ready to meet Lady Vaelora and not embarrass her by looking like a back-hills hayseed.
* * * * *
The carriage rolled to a stop inside the walls of a large courtyard. As I climbed out a group of soldiers walked toward me.
“Imager Joli? I’m Squad Leader Tymos. Let us help you move your things to your quarters.”
“Thank you,” was all I had time to say before Tymos and three others were carrying my chest, boxes and bags into the building that was easily bigger than several of the barracks and other buildings at Westisle Collegium put together.
The Chateau was laid out in the shape of an X with the courtyard I had entered being in one of the spaces in one quadrant of the X. We entered through a door half way along the wing and turned left down the hall toward the junction of the wings. We went up two sets of stairs to the third floor and down a hall, which according to the Squad Leader had apartments for visiting imagers. I was led to the third one on the right side and before I could look around, my luggage was inside a room that was a small parlor and the squad leader handed me a leather folder.
“In here are diagrams of the rooms in the chateau, meal times and the offices and officers who can answer just about any question you may have or provide you with anything that you might need. Lady Vaelora will be staying in the master suite, just above you, on the forth floor. We expect her to arrive tomorrow afternoon.”
“Thank you very much squad leader. I really appreciate your assistance.”
He seemed to blush, looked down then at his men and said, “I think I can find something more useful for you men to do than stand around with silly grins on your faces.”
With that, the squad leader herded the squad out of the parlor and closed the door as he left.
I spent the next glass unpacking and putting my clothes up afterwards I sat at the desk and read through the papers in the folder. There was a map of each floor with the rooms numbered and an index of the names and functions that went on in the room or those who used the room as their office. There was also a schedule labeled “Tentative” of what was supposed to happen starting tomorrow and going for a week.
I spent the remainder of the afternoon exploring the Chateau so that I could get to the apartments, meeting rooms, offices and other important places and ended up at the officers/Imagers mess a little before the start of the evening meal.
A soldier at the door asked, “can I help you miss?”
“I’m Imager Joli and I think this is the Officers/Imagers mess.”
“Sorry imager, I didn’t expect a new imager today,” he said, covering up his surprise. “The imagers usually sit at the table at the left as you go in.”
I took a seat at the end of the table and told a server that I wanted tea to drink.
Shortly a couple of men in uniform sat across from me and introduced themselves.
“Good afternoon, I’m Lynkness, the battalion Chorister,” the man across from me said.
“I’m Major Urqst,” said the man who sat next to the Chorister. “Welcome to our humble home.”
I smiled at the idea that the Chateau was ever humble and a home.
“Are you the imager assistant to Lady Vaelora we’ve been expecting?” asked the Major.
“Yes, I’m here on temporary assignment.”
“I didn’t know that there were any female imagers,” said Lynkness.
“Well, from what I’ve learned, imagers can happen in any family or gender,” I said.
I talked about the activities at the Collegium and answered their questions as the servers brought platters and bowls of food to our end of the table.
“It sounds like you have been getting a good general education at Westisle,” said the Chorister.
As he stood up to leave the table the major said, “If you have any difficulties or there is something you need for your duties, please let me know.”
I walked around the halls looking at the portraits and statues and came upon the library, which was open with a soldier sitting at a desk just inside the door.
“May I help you imager?” he said as I entered.
“No thank you, I just getting familiar with this big place.”
I spent almost a glass looking at the titles of the books and trying to figure out how they were organized.
I didn’t have any trouble getting to sleep that night and awoke refreshed when I heard the first morning bell. I dressed in my exercise clothes and went down to the area marked “exercise yard” on the map and took a place at the back of the group. The calisthenics were familiar to me and I ran about a mille, again at the rear of the group so I could drop out when I wanted.
I showered changed into a fresh imager uniform, but with a skirt and a sea blue scarf and went down to first meal.
When I entered the mess hall Major Urqst motioned for me to join him so I sat across from him.
“This is Captian Hydrn and Captian Cuyprt. They keep me on my toes. Gentlemen, this is Imager Joli, the temporary assistant to Lady Vaelora for her visit with us.”
They both welcomed me to the Chateau and then Captain Hydrn asked, “was that you I saw out exercising this morning? I didn’t recall that we had any young women soldiers.”
“Yes, I was part of the group. Major Volytr believes that imagers need to be physically fit because imaging can be strenuous work.”
“Well, I’ll tell you that you surprised more than a few men this morning. Not only did you do every exercise, you ran a mill and looked like you could have gone on for several more.”
“It took me a while to build up my endurance, but I try to exercise two or three times a week at the Collegium.”
“Some of the stories that the soldiers who were with the army that defeated the Autarch would agree with that statement.”
Captain Cuyprt asked, “If you are going up to the Lady’s office, I’d be happy to walk with you.”
“Yes, that’s where I thought I’d go to see what I can do before she arrives.”
Her office and suite were on the fourth floor and occupied half the wing on the right side. The Captain explained that I had an office with doors that lead to the Lady’s office and the waiting room. My office wasn’t very big, just a small desk, a chair and another small table. Her office was impressive. In addition to a smaller table and padded chair next to the windows, there was a table as big as the conference table back in the Collegium, and another area with padded chairs and short tables, much like the parlor in the women’s residence hall. There were paintings and a large map of Antiago on the walls between shelves with small statues and porcelain plates and vases.
I spent the morning going over the schedule of meetings and the names of those who would be attending them. I asked the soldier at the desk in the waiting area if he knew of any information on the high holders and factors who would be attending the meetings and he directed me to the governor’s offices, which were on the wing opposite this one on the same floor.
When I crossed to the opposite wing I entered a waiting room, much like the one assigned to the Lady and a squad leader asked if he cold help me. I told him of my assignment and that I was trying to gather information for Lady Vaelora about the people she would be meeting.
“Let me ask Princeps Wollhyr if he can help you. Come, I’ll show you to his office.” He said and went across the hall to the office opposite the governor’s.
“Wait here if you will,” he said as he rapped on the door, enterend and closed it behind him. In just moments he came out and said, “Princeps Wollhyr can see you now,” and held the door open for me.
Princeps Wollhyr was a man with streaks of gray in his reddish-brown hair, with a neat beard and mustache, and blue eyes that seemed to light up when he saw me.
“Ah, you must be Joli D’Image. It is nice to meet you. Wollhyr tells me you are already at work gathering intelligence for the Lady.”
“Yes Sir, I thought to put together information on each person Lady Vaelora will be meeting. Can you tell me where I can find this information?”
“What we have will be in the files of the revenues and fees that are in the records room. If you will wait here just a moment, I’ll have a trooper take you to there.”
In just a moment I was following a soldier down to the records room where I found another soldier who showed me to the boxes of records. I spent the rest of the morning until first bell of the afternoon collecting information on the factors and High Holders that I had on my list.
I had just returned to my office and put my papers in folders in a box when I heard a rap on my door. “Enter,” I said.
“Mistress Imager, Lady Vaelora’s coach should be arriving in the front court yard with in half a glass,” said a trooper who opened the door.
There was a mirror on the back of my office door and I checked how I looked and fluffed my hair, adjusted the scarf around my neck, made sure my blouse was smoothly tucked into my skirt.
Satisfied, I went down to the front courtyard to wait with several others.
Lady Vaelora’s coach, pulled by a team of four horses, was not alone. It looked like a company of cavalry accompanied the coach, and when they entered, the courtyard was filled to overflowing. In a few moments, when the dust had blown away, Govenor Alazyn walked to the coach to welcome Lady Vaelora as she came down steps placed beside the coach. After a brief exchange of greetings, the Governor and the Lady went into the Chateau and up to her office and apartment with the rest of us trailing along behind.
I went back to my office and continued to organize the information I had collected until Adayms, the trouper who sat at the desk in the waiting room, opened my door and said, “Lady Vaelora wants all of her staff to meet her in her office in half a glass.”
Adayms and I were the only two local staff, Imager Captain Lhandor and a chamber maid, Myldryd had come with her from L’Excelsis. She had a real presence, even though she was my height. Her skin was a honey brown and her hair was dark brown as were her eyes. She looked me over from head to toe, then Adayms and asked each of us to introduce ourselves.
After Adams spoke, I said “Imager Secondus Joli from Westisle Collegium.”
She explained what she expected to accomplish during her stay and welcomed Adayms and me to her staff. She dismissed us, but asked me to accompany her to her apartment.
“Imager Joli, I’ve heard some interesting things about you from Major Volytr. I like the way your scarf gives your grays a bit of color, by the way.”
“Thank you my Lady,” I replied.
“I understand that among other skills, you can create rather powerful shields. Can you also create a shield that will hide you?”
“Yes, my Lady,” I said again. She was all business.
“Well we may have to make use of some of your imaging skills before I finish here. Tell me, what special training have you had?”
I told her about my work with Healer Weylt and other special training in running a household, dancing and deportment in social settings.
“That’s good to hear because we will be attending a ball tomorrow night to welcome me to LLantiago society. Do you have a suitable wardrobe to attend the ball?”
“Yes my Lady.”
“When we are working by ourselves, please call me Vaelora and in informal situations, ‘Lady Vaelora’ or ‘Lady’.”
“Yes Vaelora,” I said. “I’ve been looking over the meeting attendees and have ceated a page fo reach of them with the information that we have here in the Chateau. The information comes from the fees and tax files which is all I had to work with. I’ve only gotten through the first weeks meetings because that is all I have on your schedule.”
“That’s very good work,” she said as she begin removing her traveling outfit.
“Fetch your files and meet me in my bath and you can start telling me about the people I’ll be dealing with.”
I collected my box of files and knocked on her apartment door. Myldryd the chamber maid, opened the door and Vaelora said, “Please just come in without knocking unless I tell you otherwise. We will be working together closely and I can’t have you standing outside a door waiting to come in. Follow me and tell me the names, positions and background of the men I’ll be meeting tomorrow.”
With the aid of Myldryd, she had a tub bath, and yet didn’t stop listening and asking questions about what I was telling her. I knew that she had given birth twice, but that the first child died when she was injured in the battle for Antiago, but looking at her figure as she got out of the tub made me appreciate how hard she worked to keep herself in shape. From my healer studies, I knew how having babies can change the shape of a woman, and she didn’t look like she had had any babies, except for her breasts, which were starting to sag due to babies and age.
“This evening, we will be having supper with the Governor, his staff and Commander Paedn and Major Volytr so you should change and be ready for the supper at 7th bell this evening.”
* * * * *
The small banquet hall was on the first floor not too far from the kitchens so the food was served directly and didn’t have to be carted to upper floors.
I arrived a half glass before 7th bell so that I could ask about the seating arrangements and the courses of food and drinks. I arranged for my seat to be at the end of the table where I could see anyone coming into the room, and yet easily watch Vaelora for any indication that she need my help.
The first attendees to enter were Volytr and Lhandor and they were talking animatedly about the progress of imagers at the two collegium.
Volytr walked over to me an said, “Lahandor, you need to get to know Imager Secodus Joli. Threkhyl is very impressed with her imager skills and power.”
“If Threkhyl is impressed I better pay attention to you. He was always so demanding and always wanted you to continually push yourself. How are you and he getting along?”
“I haven’t worked with him in a while. I’ve spent most of my time recently learning from Healer Weylt.”
“One of our Pharsi imagers said she was a hot little pepper when she first came to us and she’s proved to be just that,” said Volytr.
About then the room started to fill with the rest of the party, except for the Governor and Lady Vaelora. Then a trooper came in and called out “Lady Vaelora and Governor Alazyn.”
They entered, came to the head of the table and we all waited until she was seated and we followed, but I noticed that the men on either side of me waited for me to sit.
I answered the questions from the men seated close to me about my education and training at the Collegium. They were surprised that I had spent so much time with the healer.
As the second course was being served and the dishes from the first were being taken away, I noticed a server enter from a side door, not the one closest to the kitchen and that he was holding a large covered platter in both hands and looking directly at lady Vaelora. Something felt wrong to me about him so I put an invisible shield between him and her. Before he got close to my shield he dropped the platter and I could see he had a small crossbow in his hands and was aiming it at the Lady. As the bolt hit my shield, I focused on the veins in his neck, squeezing them shut and he dropped like a sack of dirty clothes to the floor.
As soon as he hit the floor I released my pressure on the veins in his neck and I realized that there were shouted commands and several troupers rushed into the room and bound him up like ham hock ready for the smoke house.
Just as quickly as the noise came it went and it was deathly quiet.
“I want to thank imagers Volytr and Lahandor for your quick work. I recall that a previous Governor of Antiago was killed in a similar attack, but this time you were close enough to prevent it’s success,” said Vaelora and gave me a wink.
Major Volyrt was quickest on the uptake and said, “our pleasure my Lady. I’d not want to face Maiter Quaeryt if anything had happened to you.”
There was a murmur of agreement and grim laughs that sounded more like barks.
The rest of the meal was uneventful and as the guests were leaving, Vaelora said, “Major Volyrt, Captain Lahondor, could I have a word with you,” and nodded at me which I took to mean that I was to stay as well.
When we were the only ones left in the room, she said, “Major, thank you for quickly understanding what I was doing. Now Joli, what alerted you to the danger and what did you do?”
“I noticed him because he came in through a door with a platter and the door didn’t come from the kitchen. I know a good deal about cooking and the kitchen staff at the Collegium and he just didn’t look like any server I know. His clothes and shoes were all wrong. When I saw how he was focusing on you, Lady and not watching for any of the other serving staff, I felt that something wasn’t right so I put a shield between you and him. Then when he shot the crossbow bolt at you I squeezed shut the veins in his neck to cause him to pass out, then released the pressure after he collapsed on the floor.”
“That was very astute of you,” said Volytr “it reinforces our decision to assign you to this task.”
“How did you know how to do that to his neck?” asked Lahondor.
“I’ve been working with Healers and that is a quick way to make someone lose consciousness. He may have a head ache but that should be all, when he wakes up.”
“We may be able to find out more about who hired or sent him,” said Volytr.
“No one even looked at Joli much less suspected that she stopped the assassin and I’d like to keep it that way,” said Vaelora. “She will have a greater ability to act and observe if she isn’t known to be a strong imager.”
“I’ve had as much excitement as I need for one day, so I’ll see you both tomorrow.’ She said. “Joli, walk with me back to my apartment.”
“I want to thank you personally for your attentiveness and skills. Our first Governor here was a very good friend and an assassin using the exact same methods used tonight killed him. When my husband conquered Antiago his actions did destroy the fortunes of many High Holders so it isn’t surprising that there was an attempt on my life to get revenge on him. That’s why there will be at least two imagers close to me whenever I’m outside of my apartment. I just hadn’t expected it to occur so soon.”
“Tomorrow, according to my schedule, I am to meet with the council of Llantiago in the morning and then a council of High Holders in the afternoon. Then tomorrow night we will attend a ‘Welcome to the New Land of Solidar’ ball. I know it’s called just a Welcoming Ball, but its purpose is along the lines of what I named it.”
I know these meeting can be deathly boring, but I need you there with me, being a second set of eyes and ears and letting me know anything you may pick up on. In fact because I will enter the meeting rooms last and leave first, I’d like you, when you leave just behind me, to bring up your invisibility shield and slip back into the room and listen to the conversation that is sure to start up after I’m out of the room.”
I was tired from my efforts researching the information and then the excitement at the meal. As I started to yawn suddenly saw a ball of fire hitting a ship just in front of where I was standing. It was so real, I stepped back to get out of the way.
“Joli, what’s happening?” asked Vaelora “You look like you’ve seen a bear face to face.”
“I just had a nightmare except I’m not asleep.”
“Did you recognize where you were?”
“Yes, I was on a ship, like the one I was on when I started my journey to Westisle.”
“We call such things far sight visions and usually, its best not to tell others about them, unless you see a clear danger and the person in danger needs to know what to watch for. The problem with telling others is that by trying to avoid the situation, often worse things happen.”
“I did have a dream about the sailors that attacked us in Llantiago, and then it happened just like in my dream.”
“Far sight is usually something limited to people with Pharsi lineage. Are your parents Pharsi?”
“My Maman is. See taught us how to speak Pharsi and told us the old stories.”
“That explains much. I feel safer already. See you in the morning.”
Part (16) It’s a big dangerous world out there
This is a fan-fiction set on Terahnar the world created by L.E. Modesitt for his Imager series. I have no rights to any of it and don’t claim to. I just wanted to see what a story about a MTF transgender person set in the time just after Rex Regis consolidated Lydar into Solidar would be like.
As this story comes to an end I want to thank several folks who have helped me produce a story worth reading. Anne has been with me from the first and except for one or two slip-ups, which were my fault, the reason that any of the 16 parts were worth reading was because of her efforts, suggestions and help.
In response to my recent plea for help two folks have stepped forward: DJ and Randy and have really helped with this final part. Thank you so very much, my talented editors and thanks to you, those who have read this little tale and let me know your opinions on this effort at fan-fic. JH
Previously:
I was tired from my work done researching the information for the meetings and then the excitement at the meal. I started to yawn and suddenly I saw a ball of fire landed on the deck of a ship right in front of me. It was so real, I stepped back to get out of the way.
“Joli, what’s happening?” asked Vaelora “You look like you’ve seen a bear face to face.”
“I just had a nightmare except I’m not asleep.”
“Did you recognize where you were?”
“Yes, I was on a ship, like the one I sailed on when I started my journey to Westisle.”
“We call such things farsight visions and usually, its best not to tell others about them, unless you see a clear danger and the person in danger needs to know what to watch for. The problem with telling others is that by trying to avoid the situation, often worse things happen.”
“I did have a dream about the sailors that attacked us in Lantiago, and then it happened just like in my dream.”
“farsight is usually something limited to people with Pharsi lineage. Are your parents Pharsi?”
“My maman is. See taught us how to speak Pharsi and told us the old stories.”
“That explains much. I feel safer already. See you in the morning.”
(16)
It’s a big dangerous world out there
Farsight flashes; that’s what the Lady had called them. When I thought about it and remembered some of my dreams, I realized that several times I had dreams that had come true. Apparently my dreams, it seemed, had included such flashes for some time. However before today, I’d never had one while I was wide-awake. Now I ad the information to understand what I had been seeing.
What had I seen in the flash?
I was on a ship and a ball of fire was coming at me and in fact one had landed at my feet.
Did this mean that I should never get on another ship? If I did that, how would I get back to Westisle?
The Lady had said that trying to avoid what was revealed in the flash tended to make things worse. I’d just have to be more aware especially when I was on board a ship.
I had first meal the next morning with Lady Vaelora in her office along with Imager Captain Lhandor.
“Can either of you detect another imager?” she asked.
“I cannot,” said Lhandor, “but I know that some imagers can. Captain Khalis can for example. He told me that Commander Quaeryt’s shield’s were the brightest he had ever seen. At least that’s what he said. I’ve never seen brightness around any imager.”
“Do you have a shield in place now?” I asked.
“Yes, it’s a habit that’s saved my life more than once.”
“Would you drop it for a moment. What you just said was something I’d never heard or thought of.”
I watched Lhandor closely, it looked like he had been walking in sunlight and stepped into a shadow.
“Now bring your shield back in place.”
Now he was back in the light, or rather he seemed to be shining.
Interestingly, the Lady had a glow as well. Not shining like Lhandor, but a glow. I looked at Myldryd, the Lady’s Chamber maid. She didn’t glow or shine.
I realized that I thought that everyone could see the same way I see things. When I thought about it everyone at Westisle either shone or glowed. The senior imagers shone brightly while the new imagers were dimmer. Some, like most of the kitchen staff didn’t shine at all. Jynen glowed. I hadn’t realized that before.
“I think I can see when someone has imaging abilities,” I said. “it just came to me that not everyone sees people glowing or shining. I just realized that I have always seen people this way and I didn’t think anything of it. I thought that everyone could see what I saw.”
“I know of only one other imager, Captain Khalis, who can,” said Lhandor.
“Please let us know if you see anyone who is glowing and who is not a known imager wearing gray, so that we can be aware of the potential danger. We know that it is likely that not all imagers in Antiago were with the Autarch when his palace was dumped on him, so keep watch for any shining people,” said Lady Vaelora.
“Now let's go over today’s meetings and what I can expect,” she said.
For the next glass we went over the names and backgrounds of those attending the morning and afternoon meetings. We covered those who held some official position first, then the rest of those attending. I followed Vaelora and Myldryd into her dressing room and continued my briefing as she dressed.
“Joli, when we leave any meeting, I want you to go ahead of me, then bring up your concealment shield and slip back into the meeting room and listen to the conversations that happen after I leave. Be very careful. Don't make a sound, or even breath hard. I don’t want to have to explain why you are there eavesdropping, but do this for all our meetings unless I ask you not to.”
I understood how important such information would be. I also understood how dangerous and damaging it would be if I were discovered listening behind a concealment shield. I promised myself that I would be extra careful when doing this listening-task.
Both meetings today were held here in the large meeting room on the second floor. The first meeting was with the Lantiago City Council. As the bell sounded 10th glass, I entered the meeting room followed by Lady Vaelora. The councilors were already present and they all stood as we entered.
The Chief Councilor was the owner of a handling and storage enterprise. He had a stocky build and must have been very impressive when he was younger. His workmen loaded and unloaded almost seventy five percent of the goods that used the harbor. His warehouses provided half the available warehouse space for holding goods temporarily between being shipped out or sent off in a wagon to somewhere in Antiago. Now that the continent was one country, Solidar, there would be no tariffs for shipping anywhere in the new country. He might be worried now but I suspected that once he got used to Rex Regis' rule this man would be an enthusiastic supporter.
There were eight other Councilors. Two were members of the trade guilds: a furniture maker and a stonemason. Two others were factors: a produce factor and a dry goods factor. Two were involved with the harbor as tug and barge operators. Two were elected by a vote of the people of Lantiago and could be from any vocation.
After she was introduced by Governor Alazyn , Lady Vaelora said, “Councilors, I have been asked by Rex Regis, my brother, to present an overview of what he expects from his subjects and what he sees as his obligations to you. I will also refer to elements of our Code of Laws and Tariffs to highlight certain elements and requirements that our Rex believes are most important to a just and well operating society. I would like to follow this format: I will present a topic, issues and expectations, after each topic I will attempt to answer or respond to your questions and concerns.”
“A little more than 6 years ago, our Rex sent out copies of a Code of Laws and Tariffs all across Solidar. This code and laws replaces and supersedes any code or laws that were in place before. In addition to the Code, our Rex instituted a structure of governance that put in place governors over regions of our country. Here in Antiago, the Governor is Commander Alazyn. You are fortunate in Antiago because he has been here from the start of unification. He understands the changes that have been required of you, in terms of local, regional and national control.
The next step in the growth of Solidar is the creation of the Regional and National Councils. The local councils in each region will appoint two representatives each to the Regional Council. There will also be two at large representatives, appointed by the Governor. These at-large councilors must have their residence in the region and be current in their taxes and fees in that region.
Your two national representatives will be selected and elected by a vote of all of the councils in the Antiagon Region. The National Council meets twice a year for one month each time, in L’Excelsis. These meetings will focus on addressing issues of national concern
Are there any questions?”
The ensuing hubbub ended when Governor Alazyn banged wooden mallet on the table until he had everyone’s attention.
“Gentlemen, gentlemen, if you will return to your seats and raise your hands, Lady Vaelora and I will respond to your questions in an orderly fashion.
“Councilor Hayesabyl, do you have a question?” asked the Governor.
“I certainly do. In all my memory and the memories of all here, I cannot recall a time when the Autarch of Antiago, demanded such oppressive governance. Why has Rex Regis put this burdensome structure on our backs?”
“Let me speak to that, if you will Governor,” said Lady Vaelora.
“First you should understand that Tilboar, the home of Lord Bhayar, now Rex Regis, has been using this system of governance for generations. We know how it should work and how to fix it where it doesn’t.”
“Your form of governance under that Autarch was fine if you overlook the corruption and the way laws and rules weren’t applied evenhandedly to everyone.”
“We’ve learned in governing not only Teleran, but Tilboar and Bovaria that rules that change at the whim of whoever is in power at a particular place and time are a sure recipe for discontent and rebellion.”
“You claim, without direct knowledge, that the structure of the code and governance is burdensome. My answer is that it’s equally burdensome to all. If you don’t care to follow the new code, you will have to accept the consequences of defying it. I’d suggest that you visit the burial mound of the Autarch before you make that kind of decision.”
Her words caused all the councilors to look sideways at each other and shake their heads. The questions asked for the remainder of the session were focused on specifics of the code or procedural issues. There were no other questions about why Antiago had to obey the laws the same way the rest of Solidar follows the code.
When the time allocated to the meeting ended, Governor Alazyn stood and thanked everyone for attending and said he looked forward to seeing them at the ball tonight.
I led the way through the door, in front of Lady Vaelora, brought up my invisibility shield and went back inside before the door closed, just as we planned.
“What do you think of having a woman telling us what we have to do?” asked Councilor Hayesabyl to the room in general.
“This woman happens to be the sister of the Rex and the wife of the imager who destroyed, the ruler of Boveria and Antiago,” someone said.
“I think we have a choice: live within the new rules or move to another country,” said Dysrt, the Councilor who had been a stonemason.
“There is a third choice,” said Cyclyrt, one of the Factors, “you could oppose them and end up buried under your own home.”
“I heard that there was an attempt to assassinate Lady Vaelora last night and that the assassin is in a cell here in the Chateau and that he didn’t even get close to her. One of her imagers dropped him like a sack of potatoes.”
“As I see it,” said Dysrt, “we can learn to play this game by the new rules or be destroyed when we fail to comply.”
They all left within a few minutes of this discussion.
I went to the door that Lady Vaelora used, and dropped my shield as I opened it. I went to her office and told her what I had heard.
In a little while our lunch was brought up to her office and we talked about what we expected from the afternoon meeting.
The afternoon meeting with the High Holders was much like the morning meeting with the Factors except more so. Each High Holder had something to say although their meaning was the same again and again: “leave us alone, we’re High Holders so we can do whatever we want.” The spark that started the fire was Lady Vaelora’s opening statement.
“Rex Regis well understands the privileges that are the essence of being a High Holder. He has many High Holders in his ancestral land Telleran, and in the lands who have mistakenly attacked us, Bovaria and Antiago and are now part of Solidar. When his armies marched up the river Aluse, only those High Holdings that failed to pledge not to attack our armies were in any way punished. Even when our armies appropriated supplies, we left payment and an accounting of what was taken. No other army has ever done that in the history of Lydar.”
“Even among the Bovarian High Holders along the border with Antiago, who refused to meet with our representative, only those who fled into Antiago and did not return and submit to our Rex’s rule, lost their holdings. And several who have come back and pledged allegiance to our Rex now have their Holding in the hands of their offspring.”
“With privileges come responsibilities. In the new Code of Laws, High Holders still retain the right of Low Justice, the ability to mete out punishments for lesser crimes, however High Justice for crimes such as robbery, murder and the like are the domain of the City or Regional Justicer. Anyone brought before the justice system for a high crime, will be represented by a court appointed Justicer if they cannot afford to retain one themselves and the trial will be held in a city or regional court room.
“Before the new code, High Holders were a law unto themselves and answerable to no one and now you can only deal out punishments for small crimes and small punishments.
“Perhaps you believe that because Solidar is a big land, it will be impossible for our Rex to punish a High Holder in the depths of Antiago for ignoring the new code and continuing with the practices that they have been doing for generations. I want to dissuade you of that notion,” said the Lady. “Please use the example of what happened to the Autarch of Antiago, the King of Bovaria and several High Holders who have opposed the will of Rex Regis. To a person, they or their kin, no longer exist. I urge you to verify my statement by asking the High Holders who remain alive and well after our battles in Bovaria, Antiago and Tellerand.”
There was a lot of huffing and puffing but no overt challenges to the Lady’s statements.
When I slipped back into the room inside my invisibility shield, the consensus seemed to be a wait and see attitude. As long as the country was run fairly, meaning that they maintained the ability to hold on to and increase their Holdings, nothing needed to be done, for now.
I returned to the Lady’s suite and reported on what I had heard and my impressions of the feelings behind the statements. We had a light meal while she and her maid worked on her hair in preparation for the ball.
“You need to go get ready so that we can go down to the ball room together,” she said and shooed me out of her room.
I had a dress made especially for occasions like this and I started to get ready from the skin out. I had my under clothes on when Myldryd, Vaelora’s maid entered my room and begin directing my dressing. She had a large box that contained all sorts of powders, creams, oils, paints and things I had never seen before.
“Sit here and look at the picture on the wall,” she directed me and started to apply powder, paint, and other things to my face.
“Its too bad you do not have pierced ear lobes, the Lady wanted you to wear these little gems in your ears tonight.”
“What do you mean by pierced ears?”
“Like this,” she said and drew back her hair and showed me her ear lobes. They had a tiny hole in which a small pin was placed.
“Can you take one of them out so I can see the hole?”
“Yes, here, have a look.”
I examined the hole, concentrated on having one just like it in both of my ear lobes, and with a short, sharp pin-prick, I had holes in my ears. “Will these do?”
“By the Nameless, I’ve never seen such a thing,” she said and put the little earrings into the newly made holes in my ear lobes.
Next she went to work on my hair, brushing it one way and then another with a little oil or cream until she seemed either satisfied or resigned that she could do no more.
“The Lady wants you to wear these stocking, but you need to remove the hair from your legs.”
I concentrated and felt the skin on my legs tingle and said, “How’s this?”
“Amazing. You have no idea how fortunate you are. I usually nick myself when I use a razor on my legs.”
Pulling up the stockings on my legs produced a new and wonderful feeling.
“Take off your bloomers and drawers,” ordered Myldryd, “you’ll put them back on after the corset so that you don’t have to take off so much when you have to pee.”
Next came the corset. It was pulled tighter than I ever thought possible. There were clips that attached to the stockings. I pulled on my panties and bloomers, then the petticoats and finally the dress. I had to hold on to Myldryd when I stepped into the shoes.
“I’m not used to these higher heels,” I said.
“You’ll get used to them soon enough. Stand up straight with your chest out and shoulders back and your chin up. You are a part of the Lady’s entourage and you must not dishonor her by slouching and plodding around.”
I look at the image of this pretty young girl in the mirror and couldn’t believe that it was me.
My cheeks were rosy, my eyes were lined, my complexion was creamy, the gems dangling from my ears sparkled in the light. I looked down and noticed that my breasts seem twice as large and about to burst over the top of the bodice.
“You’ve transformed me into a beauty.”
“All I did was let your beauty out from under the gray coverings you wear all the time.”
My dress was a very light blue with a light gray vest that came under my breasts and I had a charcoal gray scarf so that I could claim to still be dressed in “Imager Gray”.
“Joli D’ Imager, special assistant to Lady Vaelora,” called out the senior staff in his liveried outfit, followed, after a significant pause by “Lady Vaelora, Minister of Administration and Supply and Special Envoy to Antiago of Rex Regis.”
I had moved toward the left side of the room and looked at all the faces focused on the Lady. There were all sorts of expressions on those faces. Many of the women were looking at her as they would a prized animal, seeking flaws and mentally comparing themselves to her. There were many narrowed eyed men gazing at this most powerful woman. I suspected they were thinking how they could benefit from her or what they needed to do to protect themselves. I got the impression of a young lamb entering a den of mountain cats.
What they didn’t know, but my impressions from my short time serving her had shown me, is that it was much more like a herd of goats, stumbling into the path of the mother mountain cat.
I took my position behind the Lady who was the last person in the reception line as each of the important people went down the line greeting first Commander Paedn, then Governor Alazyn and then Lady Vaelora. I recognized several of those from our meetings. They seemed much more resigned for the most part when they exchanged a few words with her.
After the last person met her, the lady turned to me and said, “move around, get something to eat and even dance if you want.” With that she went to speak with several of the senior imagers and military men whom she seemed to know.
I sampled some of the bits of food and some of the bubbly wine and was standing near one of the windows when a young man, dressed in dark blue pants and coat over a pale yellow shirt approached me.
“Would you like to dance?”
“Yes, thank you,” I said and hoped my lessons were adequate to the task.
As he held out his hand to me and I took it, I realized that he had a glow. He was an imager, although not a very strong one. I wondered if he had discovered his imaging abilities?
“I am Byndt Wlymtt-Alt and I know that you are an assistant to Lady Vaelora, but that is all I know of you. Did you come from L’Excelsis with her?”
“No, I am Joli D’Imager from Westisle.”
“I didn’t know women could be imagers.”
“It does happen, as I’ve discovered.”
“Are you the oldest son of Wlymtt?”
“No, I’m the third, behind my sister and brother. He is the successor to Wlymtt so I must find my own way. I’d thought about the navy. I understand that our Rex is expanding our navy and there might be a place for an earnest young officer,” he said with a smile.
“If you were an imager, you’d have a place and a profession,” I said.
“You mean that you can learn to be an imager? I never heard that was possible.”
“No, imaging is a skill you have from birth or not at all. I just meant that anyone who discovers that they are an imager must come to one of the Collegium, here in Westisle or to Imageisle in L’Excelsis. That is part of our new Code.”
The dance was well underway and we were just standing at the edge of the dance, still holding hands.
“Let us take advantage of the dance,” he said and we stepped and spun to the music.
After a second dance he asked,“ Would you like something to drink?”
“Yes, some of the white wine please.”
Either he had not recognized that he could image, or he was hiding it because it meant loss of all the privileges that came with being a male heir of a High Holder household. I suspected he was hoping he wasn’t an imager and if he didn’t mention it, nobody would know.
After he returned with my drink, he asked, “how did you know your were an imager?”
“I discovered that I was an imager when I imaged a lit candle in the middle of the night, next to my bed.”
“I’m sorry, I don’t understand,” he said.
“That was the first time I did imaging when someone else was there. I had a bad dream and wanted to see what was scaring me in my dream, I imaged a lit candle in my sleep. Fortunately, my sisters woke up and asked were that candle had come from and we didn’t set anything on fire.”
“You know most imagers have some type of accident just after they discover their ability to image. Sometimes people are killed or injured before the imager learns how to control his imaging.”
I could tell by the look on his face that he was shocked.
“I hadn’t heard that about imagers. I’ll keep it in mind if I ever come across an undiscovered imager.”
“Yes, do that and call on me if ever you feel the need.”
“Have you ever been to a ball like last night?” Vaelora asked me.
“I have never been to a big dance, much less a ball.”
“I think you need to get used to it because you can help make this new land safe for us all. Doing so may involve going to many balls and other places where your unique skills and appearance can be a true advantage.”
“We will be going to Westisle at midday and returning tomorrow.”
“Yes My Lady, I have today’s schedule memorized, I believe. It amazes me that, even though I’ve only been away a few day, I miss the Collegium and the people.”
We had a short meeting with the civic patrol officers of L’Lantiago and then rode in coaches to the harbor. The sea had small waves but the wind was coming from a direction that wouldn’t cause too much trouble between Westisle and L’Lantiago. By the first bell in the afternoon, our ship had cleared the harbor and was running toward Westisle.
We were a little beyond half way when I saw the sails of another ship come around the point of the isle. It seemed to be headed on a course toward us. In a little while, I could see that it was going to go behind us, but rather close. I moved to the stern rail and saw what looked like a catapult on the deck in a clear space between two masts. It reminded me of the one we used at Westisle to train how to stop crocks of Antiagon Fire from landing on troops.
Suddenly I saw an object arch toward our ship and it landed not too far from me, broke into pieces that burst into flames. I needed to get the flames off the ship and away from us! I used the heat of the flames and imaged the pot back together and the material back into the pot. Then I sent the pot back to the other ship at the base of the catapult. When I was done there was ice, thick as a heavy frost on the deck and railing.
The other ship had turned to run parallel to our course. The catapult snapped forward and another object headed our way. I focused and sent it back to the base of the catapult. It crashed into the deck and the fire from the first crock I sent back, doubled in size and men started jumping overboard as fire spread up the lines and engulfed the sails.
I felt weak and grabbed the rail and dropped to the deck as my legs gave out. My head felt like it would split open and everything I looked at had a red haze. The ship’s master was yelling and so was Lady Vaelora, but my hearing seemed muffled.
“Here, eat this and then drink all of this,” Vaelora said and handed me a square of cheese and a mug. The cheese was hard and the mug contained watered beer. As I ate and drank, I felt better and better.
“I can see that Captain Threkhyl has trained you in methods to defend against Antiagon Fire,” said Vaelora. “We all should be glad he did and that you were a star student.”
“Captain Hyrlan, do you know who owns that ship?” asked Lady Vaelora.
The ship’s captain paused for a moment. He had been turning the ship around to see if they could pick up survivors.
“I believe the ship was the Son of Dylker, my Lady, owned by Holder Glythyr. His Holding is on Westisle. He lost several ships in the battle with Teleran. Two of his sons went down with those ships.”
“Thank you Captain Hyrlan. I will be visiting him tomorrow,” said Lady Valeora and she turned and walked across the deck to where the military commander and Major Volytr were standing.
“Major Volytr, I’d like to pay a visit to High Holder Glythyr, tomorrow if at all possible.”
“Yes My Lady, I should like to meet with him also.”
The next morning as daylight was streaming into the courtyard of the Collegium, Major Volytr lead a company of Solarian mounted troops plus the senior imagers and Lady Vaelora and me out of the main gates. My assignment was to ride next to the Lady and protect her from any harm. It took several glasses to reach High Holder Glythyr’s estate but we stopped a mille before the gates to listen to the reports from the scouts.
The group leader of the scouts reported to Volytr, “Sir, the main gate appears to be blocked and there are towers inside the walls, one about every 200 yards. We counted 6 towers with a squad of archers in each tower. The residence sits at the end of the road that is about a half mille from the gate. The road goes along the top of a ridge with steep slopes on either side. The Hold house sits on a cliff that looks over the sea.”
“Major, I’d appreciate it if you would send one of your well shielded imagers with this message to Holder Glythyr,” said Lady Vaelora and handed a rolled up scroll to him.
“The message requires that he meet with us within the glass to discuss yesterday’s attack by one of his vessels, by the authority Rex Regis has given me as his representative to the High Holders of Antiago. It also advises that failure to comply with this request will lead to dire consequences for the Holding.”
“Captain Lhandor, would you be so kind as to deliver the Lady’s message and accept the Holder’s reply,” said Volytr.
We waited almost a glass before Captain Lhandor returned.
When he reigned his horse up in front of Major Volytr, I saw that he was holding several crossbow bolts in his hand.
“Major, I delivered the message to an arms man at the gate and told him I would wait for the Holder’s reply. In less than two quints, I was assaulted by the forces on the two towers nearest the gate.” As he finished his report he handed a bolt to the Major and to the Lady. “I brought these bolts as the only reply I received.”
Major Volytr turned in his saddle and said, “Captain Threkhyl, when we are within your imaging range, I want you and another imager you choose to remove the two towers and also level the walls on each side of the gate so that our company will have no difficulty entering the Holding.”
We rode until we were about fifty yards from the gate and Volytr said “Now would be good Captain.” There were several flashes of light and the gate stood alone with a wide stone road running around it. The towers looked like they had been sliced off about half way up their original height.
As we rode around the gate, I noticed that the air was considerably cooler and patches of ice were turning into puddles on the new entrance to the hold. I imagined an impenetrable, invisible wall extending around the Lady and me. It felt as though I was carrying the Lady on my back, but I kept the shield in place as we neared the Hold house.
We stopped in front of a gate in a second wall, this one about two yards high, more of a stone fence than a wall and Volytr ordered Tynco, an imager secoundus, to remove the gate.
Suddenly I felt a blow on my shields like I had been run into by a horse. I realized that there must be an imager trying to harm the lady. I looked up on the balcony above the double doors of the house and saw a man shining brightly. I tried to image shut the blood vessels in his throat, but I was blocked! He had shields too.
To the right and left of the house I noticed that the other imagers had returned crocks of Antiagon Fire to the bases of the catapults that must have launched them. I concentrated on linking to the fires and using them to break through the imager's shield. I saw the man collapse and in that instant, the attack on the Lady vanished.
In moments a woman ran out from the house holding a white cloth over her head yelling, “Mercy, mercy, we surrender.”
“Enough, stand down, but be ready,” commanded Major Volytr.
“Who are you?” demanded the Lady.
“I am Syryna, Syryna D’Glythyr. That man you killed is my husband, High Holder Glythyr.”
“He is not dead, Lady, just unconscious and unable to move,” I said in a low voice. “He is also an imager of considerable power.”
“Major Volytr,” said Vaelora firmly, “have your men blindfold the Holder and bind his hands and feet. He is responsible for the attacks yesterday and today. We will take him to Lantiago to stand trial.”
“When he is all trussed up, bring him back to consciousness,” Vaelora said to me.
“Yes My Lady”
As soon as he was bound, gagged and had a heavy sack over his head, I released the pressure I had placed on his spine and stimulated the blood vessels around the area. He shook his arms and legs and there was a muffled yell, but then he lay still.
“High Holder Glythyr I charge you with attempted murder and assault on a representative of Rex Regis. You will be transported to Lantiago where a trial will decide your fate. Syryna D’Glythyr, you may provide an advocate for the Holder at the trial, which will be held the day after tomorrow at the Chateau D’Rex,” said Lady Vaelora.
“Major, let us return to the Collegium so we can prepare for the trial.”
We returned to the Collegium then accompanied by several of the imagers and soldiers who had participated in the incident, we boarded a ship and arrived in Lantiago close to midnight. The next morning was spent organizing the people and place for the trial as well as posting and sending notices to the head of the Holder's and Factor’s Council.
After supper the Lady, Major Volytr, Imager Captain Lhandor and I met in her study.
“Imager Joli, tell us what you did yesterday as completely and precisely as you can,” said the Lady.
“After we went around the gate, I placed my strongest shield around both of us. Just after we stopped in front of the house I felt something like a horse running into my shields. It hurt but I didn’t let the blow get through. I looked at the house and saw a man standing on the balcony who was shining as if he was standing in a ray of sun. I guessed that he was the imager who was attacking us so I tried to squeeze the blood going into his head but his shields were too strong. Then I saw the fires by the catapults and I concentrated on using the heat from the fires to break through the imager’s shields and when I did, I made him lose consciousness, then put a pressure block on his spine to make him immobile.”
“That was truly impressive,” said Captain Lhandor. “Major Volytr, you have a really special imager here.”
“I’ve known that for some time. I just wanted to give her a chance to grow up before we send her out to deal with people like Holder Glythyr.”
“Lady Vaelora, what will be the likely outcome of tomorrows’ trial?” asked Volytr.
“I expect him to enter a plea of “for mercy” if he’s smart, but I think his pride won’t let him. If he is found guilty, I want the sentence carried out there and then.”
“Who will be the judge?” asked Lhandor.
“Governor Alazyn will be the Justicer. I want you, Lhandor, to represent Rex Regis.”
“Joli, I want you to stay right beside Lady Vaelora all day long tomorrow,” said Volytr “and for you remember what you did to Urytl when he threatened the other imagers.
“Yes sir.”
“I want you to do that to Holder Glythyr when he isn’t blindfolded. You can let the shield go when I nod at you and then reestablish it when I stroke my chin. We will alternate holding a shield around him so that neither of us will get too tired.”
“Yes sir.”
“Gentlemen, it has been a pair of long, trying days. I’ll see you early tomorrow. Joli, if you will accompany me to my rooms, I’d like to speak with you.”
Myldryd had a bath ready for Vaelora when we entered her bed room and the Lady removed her clothes and stepped into the warm water.
“Joli, I have something very important to ask you and I want an honest answer, not the answer you may think I want to hear.”
“Certainly My Lady, I’ll answer as honestly as I can.”
“Almost certainly, tomorrow High Holder Glythyr will be found guilty of the attempt on my life as well as the attacks on our soldiers. The penalty for such an act is death, without any exceptions. I’m going to ask Major Volytr to carry out the sentence. He will most likely remove Glythyr’s heart. Can you block Glythyr’s spine again so that he feels no pain?”
I shuddered at the bluntness and directness of the Lady’s words and then was amazed that she would ask that Glythyr feel no pain.
“Yes My Lady, but I will need some signal from Major Volytr so that I know when to image Glythyr’s spine.”
“I will ask that Volytr look directly at you before he deals with Glythyr.”
The trial was held in the same ballroom that was used for the “Welcoming Ball”. A platform was placed at the end of the room opposite the double doors that formed the main entrance. Two other platforms, one on either side of the center platform, were smaller than the main platform and had two chairs at each one. The chairs on one of the platforms were for Lady Vaelora and Commander Paedn, the other held Holder Glythyr and his advocate, High Holder Smythclyff. The central platform had a single chair and a table-desk where the Governor would sit.
When Lady Vaelora entered the room, everyone stood up until she took her seat. The Governor entered next and finally Glythyr and Smythclyff. As I came into the room, the blindfold was removed from Holder Glythyr and I applied a shield all around Glythyr an arms length away from his body. The Lady entered last and I took my place standing behind her and Major Volytr took his place behind Glythyr and Governor Alazyn rapped his table with a small gavel.
“The trial of High Holder Glythyr has now begun. Who speaks for Rex Regis?”
Captain Lhandor approached the space in front of the Governor’s table and said, “I speak for the Rex.”
“Who speaks for High Holder Glythyr?”
“I speak for the High Holder, said Holder Smythclyff as he moved into the space before the Governor.
“What are the charges against High Holder Glythyr?”
Lhandor cleared his throat and said, “High Holder Glythyr is charged with acts that would have resulted in the injury or death of Lady Vaelora, the emissary from Rex Regis, and also causing acts to be carried out that would have caused injury or death to the Rex’s soldiers who were supporting Lady Vaelora in her attempt to communicate with Holder Glythyr.”
“How does the High Holder Glythyr plea?”
“He pleads “for mercy”, honorable Justicer,” said Smythclyff.
“Captain Lhandor please provide the details of Holder Glythyr’s actions and present any corroborating witnesses you may have.”
First Major Volytr, then Captain Threkhyl, then group leader Skynert gave their accounts of being attacked after attempting to speak with Holder Glythyr. I was called to describe what my orders were and how I detected an attack by an imager.
“I felt a very strong force against the shield I had created to protect Lady Vaelora. I looked to see if I could determine who was attacking me and I noticed a man on the balcony staring fixedly at the Lady. It took several attempts but I was able to render him unconscious and the image attacks stopped.”
With my testimony, the prosecution’s presentation was complete.
“Please present your plea, Holder Smythclyff,” said Governor Alazyn.
“I call Holder Glythyr to the witness stand,” said Smythclyff.
“Please tell us you reasons for defending your Holding with force of arms.”
“My family has operated a fleet of ships sailing out of Westisle for more than ten generations. When the Telleran army invaded Antiago, there were several sea battles. As a result of those battles I have lost three sons and five stepsons. The husband of this woman was responsible for sinking all of those ships. My attacks on this woman and her death were intended as balance against my loss. As I see it, I have a blood debt against the ruler of Telleryn and his kin.”
“No further questions your honor,” said Smythclyff.
“Do you have any questions Captain Lhandor?”
“Yes, your honor I do.”
“When did you discover you were an imager, Holder Glythyr?”
“Since I was a little boy.”
“Are you aware of that part of the code of Solidar that requires all imagers to register and submit to the rules set forth in the code?”
“I remember reading something about imaging but I didn’t think it applied to High Holders.”
“Do you recall reading the part that imaging by unregistered imagers that cause harm or imaging with the intent to do harm is a mortal crime?”
“What if it is? It doesn’t apply to me, I’m a High Holder.”
“No further questions, your honor.”
“This court stands adjourned while I review the presentations and testimony,” said Governor Alazyn.
We all stood as the Governor walked from the room and Glythyr was blindfolded and lead out of the room.
In less than a glass we were called back into the courtroom and then Governor Alazyn resumed his place on the central platform. When Glythyr was lead to a place just in front of the center platform and the blindfold was removed I put my shield around him again.
“Holder Glythyr,” said Alazyn “you have entered a plea of ‘For Mercy’. That plea is denied. You have conducted a campaign of revenge against our Rex and his administrators, officers and family. Revenge is not a basis for mercy. I find you guilty of all charges.”
I was watching Glythyr and at Alazyn’s words he seemed to shudder and swell his chest. I reinforced my shield around him by imaging another layer on top of the first one.
There was a flash of light and suddenly ice formed all over Glythyr. It looked to be more that three digits thick all over his body. I released my shields and it looked as if he was on fire, except steam was boiling off him rather than flames and smoke. As the steamed subsided he collapsed in a heap on the floor.
As he collapsed, I put a shield around Lady Vaelora and me. In two heartbeats I felt something slam into my shield. I looked around and two men had rushed into the room from near the windows. The one I was watching looked down at his chest at the dagger embedded in it and then he fell to the floor. I glanced to the other man who was also sprawled on the floor, blood seeping from under the body.
We rushed the Lady out of the ball room and into her parlor, along with the Governor and Commander Paedn.
“Please tell me what just happened,” said Lady Vaelora
“Tell us what you did, Joli,” said Volytr.
“As we had planned, I was holding shields around Glythyr as he was standing before the Governor. When the Governor announced that he was guilty, Glythyr seemed to stiffen and I put another layer of shielding around him. He did attempt some type of imaging because if he hadn’t he wouldn’t have frozen himself. When I saw him covered in ice I released my shields on him and put them around the lady and me. Just after he collapsed, I felt something hit my shields. I kept a shield around the Lady until we entered this room.”
“You next Captain Lhandor.”
“I was shielding the Governor and when Glythyr dropped, I felt a bolt hit my shield. I looked around and saw the bolt came from one of those miniature crossbows the assassins use. I saw a man with such a weapon standing next to the window and I imaged a dagger into his chest and through his heart.”
“I saw two men with those crossbows coming from the windows and when a dagger appeared in the chest of one I imaged a dagger into the chest of the other. I expect that we will find that these men are part of the assassin’s guild I’ve heard about here in Antiago,” said Major Volytr
“Once again, imagers have saved my life and also the Governor’s. Words cannot express my gratitude. I am also extremely impressed with our young lady. She has shown a remarkable presence of mind, for which I am particularly thankful,” said the Lady.
“Major Volytr, isn’t there some way you could reward her?”
“I could advance her to Imager Tertius, a step below Master imager. She has more than enough imaging talent and power to be a Master imager now, but she needs a little more life experience before I saddle her with that burden.”
"All they are going to do is sit around and spend four days bashing men!" Glen said heatedly.
"Exactly my point," Chet agreed. "They could do that here without having to spend $1000."
"I'm sure they bash us already, but you know women," Jerry added, "They love to spend our hard earned money."
The three men were sitting in the break room at General Medical, R & D, where they worked. General Medical, R & D was a group of engineers, designers and medical technicians that were on the cutting edge of specialty electronic equipment for the improvement of a person's health and well being. These particular men were a close knit group and their families got together on the weekends.
They were currently discussing the women's conference that their wives were planning on attending at the end of the month.
"What could 200 women do for four days? I've never seen a group of women larger than seven that didn't evolve into a major cat-fight. Can you just imagine the fight that that many women could produce?" Jerry continued.
"What do you bet the conference is only three hours long and the rest of the time is spent recovering from the battle?" Glen said, laughing.
"All I know is that Maria has been planning on attending this conference for six months. It's all she has talked about for the last two weeks. I wish Jessica had never told her about it," Chet said, glaring at Jerry.
"Hey, don't look at me that way. Irene told Jessica about it after she came back from the one they held last year.
Apparently it was such a big success that they plan on making it an annual event," Jerry said, in his own defense.
"Tell me about it! Irene came home from the last one already making plans to attend this one. She even talked her sister Stephanie into going this time," Glen said.
"Well if Stephanie is going then Blake should be just as miserable as the rest of us," Chet said. "By the way, where is Blake?"
"He's finishing up the proposal on the Miller project. You know how it is when you're the new guy. You just have to prove yourself," Glen explained.
"Hell, he doesn't have to prove anything. Did you see his last design? It was flawless. We are lucky to have him," Jerry said. "As for him being just as miserable as the rest of us, he and Stephanie are just dating. When she starts going on about the conference, he can just go home. We, on the other hand, are stuck!"
At that moment, Blake came into the break room. He was younger than the other three men who were sitting and talking. He was short for a man, only 5'5", and often felt self-conscious as a result. In the past, he had always thrown himself into his studies and later his work. He never had much luck with the girls because of his insecurities. Since he had spent most of his time over the keyboard of his computer, he had been labeled a geek by some.
For the longest time, he had ignored his appearance. His hair had grown long as well as his beard. He began to look like a hermit, but while attending the university, appearances didn't matter to him...only grades. As graduation loomed closer, he realized just how bad he looked. He shaved his beard and mustache off. He thought about cutting his hair but decided that as long as he kept it trimmed and clean, it looked good. Now he wore it pulled back in a ponytail while he worked. Stephanie loved his hair and said that it was wasted on a man.
While at a get-together at Glen and Irene's, he had met Stephanie, Irene's youngest sister. They had gotten along fairly well and as a result, had gone on several dates. It wasn't anything serious yet, they simply enjoyed each other's company.
"Hi guys. Sorry I'm late, but I wanted to finish up a couple of loose ends," Blake said as he sat down.
"Blake, are you getting tired of hearing about this conference that all our women are going to? Glen asked.
"Stephanie has mentioned it, but only in passing. Why?" he asked.
"Has Stephanie said anything about what they are going to do while they are there? All our wives are going and we haven't a clue as to what they are going to do when they get there," Glen answered.
"All she has said is that it's 'girl stuff' and I wouldn't be interested." Blake thought about the few times the two of them had talked about the conference. "I know she's excited to go but she has never given me any specifics about the agenda."
"That's what I mean! None of us know what they will be doing and not one of them is going to enlighten us," Chet said.
"I know a way to find out exactly what goes on," Jerry whispered, confidentially.
The three men all huddled close to hear what Jerry had to say.
"The project I am working on is that of creating a total body scanner. The idea is that a subject enters the scanning tube and a series of scans can read back all types of medical data. It's like an MRI only with electrical impulses. The patient could enter fully dressed, even with jewelry since it doesn't use magnetic resonance. A couple of months ago, there were a few problems and I had to change out one of the diagnostic modules. When I put it back together again, I connected the wires wrong."
"I was running a test at about 3:00 am so that I would have access to the computer system's full capabilities. I had run tests on myself before so I didn't think anything about stepping into the chamber."
By this time, the three men listening were spellbound.
"As the test started, I noticed a higher RPM reading on the digital readout. About that time I started to feel a tingling sensation starting at my head and slowly spreading downward. I felt slightly disoriented and was afraid I might pass out when the scan finally shut off. I stepped out of the tube and got the shock of my life. I saw my reflection in the glass wall that separates the tube from the lab and almost screamed." Jerry paused for dramatic effect.
"Well, what did you see?" Chet urged.
"Go on, don't leave us hanging!" Glen pleaded.
"Tell us!" Blake joined in.
"I had turned into a woman. I still looked a little like me but I was definitely a woman. I had tits pushing against the front of my shirt and I grabbed for my dick but it was gone. It was as if it had never been there."
"Aw shit, I should have known you were pulling a fast one. You really suckered me in with that one," Glen said, laughing.
Chet and Blake relaxed, not realizing how tense they had become. They began laughing also.
"I'm deadly serious! I started to panic, but I realized that I must have reconnected the module incorrectly. I spent two long hours pouring over the schematics and finally realized what I had done wrong. If my theory was correct, and I prayed it was, then it was reversible. I made the changes, stepped back into the tube and reran the test. When the tingling started, I almost cried. When the scan ended, I grabbed my crotch and, thank God, everything was back to normal. The relief was so intense, I almost came in my pants. I haven't told anyone except you guys because as soon as the 'suits' upstairs find out about what I've managed to do, they will yank this away from me so fast my head will spin. Only when I have finish all my research and fully documented it, will I tell the head honchos."
"Now what we do is change one of us into a woman and then that person would go to the conference and bring us back all the details."
"What's the big deal anyway?" Blake asked, unnerved at the thought of what was being discussed. "So they want to go spend some time together and they don't feel the need to share the details with us. So what?"
"You're not married so you don't understand. Trust us to know this could blow up into a real 'us vs. them' battle."
Turning to Jerry, Glen continued, "So how convincing a change is it?"
"The change is 100%. A male goes into the machine and within 15 minutes, a fully functioning female comes out."
"No shit?" Chet said in awe.
"So far, I have been able to change the sex of two rats, a rabbit and three chimps. The effects are completely reversible provided you don't stay in the altered state for more than 120 hours. I have been able to affect a change numerous times with the same subject as long as I stay within the 120-hour time limit. After 120-hours, the cells lose their flexibility and the change becomes permanent. I have had one 'male' rat deliver a healthy litter of babies. The other rat, which had been changed back and forth a couple of times, fathered them. So apparently there are no lasting effects of the change as long as you don't exceed the time limit," Jerry explained.
All three men sat in silence as they tried to absorb the enormity of what Jerry was telling them.
"This requires a lot of thought and planning if we are going to do this," Glen said. "I suggest we think about it overnight."
Glen, Chet and Jerry pushed away from the table and left, their breaks over.
Blake sat alone in the break room, thinking about what Jerry had said. Surely such a thing was impossible. He didn't want to think the others might actually give such a preposterous scheme serious thought.
What Blake had to think about was if they decided to go through with it, would he be a part of it? He was enjoying the friendship he was developing with the men and their wives. He hated how lonely he had been before he came here and had been befriended by them.
The more he thought about it, the more he realized that he would do whatever they did. At that moment, he remembered his mother.
"Just because your friends jump off the roof, does that mean you have to as well?"
The answer now was the same as when he was seven. Yes, he would jump off the roof, even though he was afraid of heights.
The next day was Saturday, and the four men got together to go bowling as they did every other Saturday.
The four of them were in the process of putting on their bowling shoes when Chet brought the subject up.
"Well, what do you guys think? I wasn't sure when I went home if we should even contemplate such an endeavor and then Maria started telling me of all she needed to accomplish before she left. I don't know if I can take two more weeks of this."
"If we do this, it has to be a joint venture. One of us changes and the other three have to bankroll it. I figured it would cost about two grand to pull this off," Glen said as he stood to throw his first ball.
Blake was a little stunned at the amount of money Glen was talking about. The others were well situated in their jobs and could easily afford the money, but he was just starting to get back on his feet after paying off his mother's funeral expenses. Part of his problem was that he was so alone. As an only child, the whole of the burden rested on him.
"Why so much?" Jerry asked, as Glen sat down after leaving two pins standing.
Even though it was Chet's turn, he waited to hear what Glen said. Apparently Blake wasn't the only one interested in that answer.
"Well, the registration is $1000 for the conference. Then I figured about $600 for clothing and all the other stuff a woman would take to one of these things," Glen explained.
"And the last $400?" Chet asked.
"Spending money. Think about it. How much has Jessica said she wants to take with her, Jerry?"
"She has been saving up and she said she had about $800 to take with her," Jerry replied.
"You're right," Chet said. "Maria told me she wants to take at least
$750 with her. I think they plan to go shopping at some point.
"Irene told me she wanted $1500 because Stephanie didn't have much money and she didn't want her to feel left out. She also plans on taking the credit cards with her," Glen continued with a grimace. "The way I figure it, whoever we send will have the shopping habits of a man and won't need as much as the others."
"You've got a point, but won't the other women wonder if our guy acts differently from them?" Jerry asked.
Blake listened, fascinated. They actually thought this was going to work. He got up when it was his turn to bowl and was so distracted by what they had been discussing that his first ball dropped into the gutter, missing all the pins. His second ball wasn't much better, but at least he got two pins with that one.
"So how do we decide who the lucky bastard is," Chet asked.
"I think Jerry is out of the running because we will want to be sure he can reverse the process. Sure, he has already done it once, but I would feel like hell if he was unable to change himself back because of something...female," Glen said, vaguely.
"Makes sense to me," Chet said. "So it's between us three. I repeat, how do we decide who the lucky bastard is?"
'Chet is sounding a little nervous,' Blake thought.
"Simple. We draw straws. The short straw gets to be a girl," Glen said, matter-of-factly. He reached over and grabbed his bowling bag. After rummaging around for a few seconds, he pulled out three pieces of different colored wire. He handed then to Jerry. From the way Jerry held them in his fist, they all appeared to be the same length. He held his fist out towards Glen, Chet and Blake. "Go on...draw!"
Blake looked at Chet and Chet shrugged as he reached out and selected a wire. Glen chose next. Blake took the last remaining wire. All three men held their pieces of wire out in their open palms.
Blake was stunned. He felt as if he was falling off of that proverbial roof his mother had asked him about so many years ago.
He had the shortest piece of wire!
Blake wanted to turn and run as fast and as far as possible, but his feet seemed glued to the floor. Taking a deep breath, he spoke.
"Ok-k, it seems like I'm the lucky guy. So what's next?"
"Tomorrow, we meet at the lab and we change you," Jerry said.
"Tomorrow? But the conference isn't for two weeks. Why do I have to change tomorrow?" Blake asked, ready to panic.
"We need to get you outfitted. After you change, we will take you shopping and get you some clothes to wear," Glen explained.
"But what will I wear to go shopping?" Blake asked.
"Wow, I hadn't thought about that," Glen said.
"I know," Chet put in. "Each of us need to bring one of our wife's outfits. Surely we can come up with something temporary. You know, panties, bras, shirt and jeans."
Blake thought he was going to be sick. Panties and bras? They were serious. They were going to change him into a woman, and he was going to let them. 'If I survive this, I need to go see a shrink,' he thought.
The next morning all four of them met in the break room where this whole thing had started. Each of them, except Blake, had a sack with clothing in it.
"Maria almost caught me digging through her drawers this morning," Chet whispered, even though they were the only ones in the building.
"God, I would have loved to have seen you try to get out of that if she had," Jerry laughed. "Well Blake, are you ready to go where no 'man' has gone?"
"Sure, lead the way," Blake replied with false bravado. He hoped none of the guys saw his legs shaking.
Jerry unlocked the door to his lab and all of them entered and looked at the machinery. It just looked like a bunch of circuits and wires.
"It's not pretty, but packaging isn't my strong suite. When, or maybe I should say if, this ever goes public, someone else will do that part of it," Jerry explained. "Blake, you need to stand in here." He gestured to an enclosed area.
"Maybe you ought to take your clothes off first. I was pretty uncomfortable in mine."
Blake started to remove his clothes. He noticed the guys were watching him closely. "I think I'll leave my boxers on. They're pretty roomy,"
After he had stripped as far as he was going to, he stepped into the small chamber. Jerry went over to a console and began flipping switches and setting dials.
"Okay everybody, here we go," he said as he pressed the last button.
Blake heard the machinery begin to hum. The numbers on the readout began to change at a rapid pace but he didn't know what they meant. The air in the chamber seemed heavy as if it were being pressurized. Suddenly he felt as if hundreds of ants were scurrying over his head and moving lower. The hundreds turned into thousands as the sensation moved downward. It wasn't painful, but it was uncomfortable. He had an urge to try to brush them off with his hands yet he couldn't move. Then he started getting dizzy. He still couldn't move his hands and he wanted to hold onto the sides just in case he started to fall.
Just as he was sure he was about to black out, the machine shut off, the tingling went away and his head cleared.
Blake looked down at this chest and was amazed at the large breasts that were now there. With his preoccupation about not passing out, he never felt them growing. His hand immediately dropped to his crotch. There he felt an absence of what was familiar.
"Oh shit," Blake whispered under his breath.
"Blake? Come on out," Jerry called.
Blake just stood there. He had left his boxers on so the guys wouldn't get an eyeful, but he didn't think about his breasts. They were still going to get an eyeful. Suddenly, he was shyer than at any other time in his life.
"Is something wrong, Blake," Chet asked nervously.
"Can someone hand me a shirt?" Blake asked. "Preferably, one of Maria's."
Maria was the only one of the wives that had breasts as large as his.
"Maria's!" he heard someone say.
The door opened slightly and a hand passed a bag inside.
Digging inside the bag Blake pulled out a bra and a shirt. He slipped the bra on and then struggled with the clasp in the back.
'How do women do it?' he thought. It took him a few moments, but he finally got it. The bra was still a little too small and it seemed as if his breast were spilling out over the top.
He got the shirt and when he began to button it up, he had a hard time because the buttons were on the wrong side. Then he started to put Maria's jeans over his boxers. They were too large. Maria was extremely voluptuous over her entire body. Apparently he was only large in his chest.
"Let me try Jessica's pants," he called out.
He could hear the guys muttering amongst themselves, but he couldn't make out what they were saying. The door opened and another bag was handed in.
Jessica's jeans were tight, but he knew his only other choice was Irene and she was as slim as a matchstick.
Finally, he felt he could walk out without giving the guys a show. As he stepped out of the chamber, he saw the glass panel where Jerry had seen his reflection. The room on the other side of the panel was dark so it acted almost like a mirror. He stopped and stared.
It was definitely a girl in the glass. She was slightly attractive, but nothing that would stop men in their tracks. Since Blake hadn't put his hair into a ponytail that morning, her hair caressed her breasts and hung down her back. It was slightly curlier than usual and seemed to be a little thicker as well. The fact that the jeans were too small made her hips look even slimmer than they actually were. Her face was Blake's face, yet softly feminine. Her lips were fuller than his and her nose slightly smaller, but the resemblance was definitely there.
"Great job, Jerry! If I bring Irene in can you make her tits that big?" Glen asked.
"This is what Blake would have looked like if he had been born as a girl. The women in his family have large breasts or else it would not be in his genetic makeup," Jerry explained. "So no, Glen, I cannot make Irene's tits bigger. You’re out of luck there."
"Now what?" Blake asked. He was startled at the soft, low voice that came out of his mouth. "Jeez, I don't even sound like me anymore!"
"I think you sound kinda sexy," Chet said, with a wink.
Blake punched Chet on the arm and everyone started laughing. It was just what they needed to break the tension.
Glen stepped over to talk to Jerry. He wanted to know more about the machine. Chet approached Blake.
"So, what does it feel like?" Chet asked.
"What does what feel like?" Blake answered.
"You know...what does it feel like to be a girl?" Chet sounded a touch exasperated.
"I don't know, really. I don't feel much different. I'm a little off balance because my center of gravity has changed. Other than that, I don't 'feel' any differently."
"Do you want me to show you how it feels?" Chet whispered.
"What?" Blake asked, confused.
"Do you want me to show you how it feels? You know..." Chet winked.
"No I do NOT want you to show me how it feels! For crying out loud, Chet! I'm still Blake and I don't want you or any guy, for that matter, showing me anything! How would you like it if I showed you how it feels to get kicked in the balls!" Blake was appalled at Chet's suggestion.
"Hey, calm down. It was just an offer...scientific research only. You don't have to get nasty about it."
Blake went over to where Glen and Jerry were talking.
"The next question is 'who' am I and 'where' am I from?" Blake asked
"I thought you might be your long lost twin sister, who was raised by your father, who was a missionary in China," Jerry said.
"People would expect him to know Chinese," Chet said. "You don't know any Chinese do you, Blake?"
"Not a single word, but I am curious as to why that type of cover story," Blake answered.
"Well, if you were raised by a man, that could explain any faux pas you might commit. As to the missionary in China part, that way you wouldn't have seen any modern magazines telling you how to do things. Ignorance can hide a multitude of discrepancies."
"You have a point," Glen said. "Okay, how about a missionary to the Eskimo Indians. The odds of anyone you talk to, about your past, knowing any of those dialects would be virtually nil. Oh, and you were home schooled as well."
"With that type of a background, it will be a wonder I can tie my own shoes!" Blake laughed, feeling more at ease with the whole project. "How are we going to explain my not being around to greet my long lost twin?"
"I am going to send you out of town on a project and she will show up, unexpectedly, a week early," Glen said. "You might think about this and come up with some convincing details. You know women, they aren't happy until they know your every secret."
"Wait a minute! What is my name? I can't go by Blake?"
"It needs to be something close to Blake so you will answer to it," Jerry said.
"What is close to Blake?" Chet asked.
"Beverly?"
"Barbara?"
"Brenda?"
"Betty?"
"I know, Belinda!" Jerry exclaimed.
"How is Blake like Belinda?" Chet asked.
"Sound it out: Bah-lake, Bah-linda. It's as close as we are going to get," Jerry explained.
"Belinda it is," Glen confirmed. "Blake, you have one week to get your story straight. Next weekend, we'll get together at my house for a barbecue and you can spring the new on all of us about your long lost sister coming to visit. Then, just before the conference, she will arrive unexpectedly. With you out of town, I'll suggest to my wife that she go with the four of them. It's foolproof!"
Blake hated whenever anyone said something was foolproof. Invariably something would go wrong. Well it was up to him to be sure that nothing did.
"Now what do we do?" he asked.
"Now, my dear 'girl', we go shopping!" Glen stated.
Everyone groaned because it is a well-known fact that men do not like to shop for women's clothing.
Blake went to put on his sneakers and unfortunately, they were a little large. He tied them extra tight and they seemed secure. Then all four of them piled into Chet's Lexus.
As they were pulling out of the parking lot, Chet asked, "Where to guys? Oh, and girl...sorry Belinda." He started snickering at his own joke and Blake rolled his eyes.
"Aw, do you have to call me Belinda?" Blake asked.
"Chet's right. We really ought to call you Belinda, at least when you are a girl, so you can get used to the name," Glen said.
"Since we only need stuff for four days, let's hit Wal-Mart. There is no point in spending a fortune for clothes that no one will need in just a few days," Jerry said.
Once they were at Wal-Mart, the four of them headed to the women's department.
"Let's start at the skin and work out," Chet suggested.
"Yeah, Belinda, go get four pairs of panties and bras. We'll be over in sporting goods," Glen said.
"Wait just a minute! I don't know anything about buying women's underwear. You can't just run off and leave me," Belinda complained.
"We don't know anything about women's unmentionables either," Jerry said. "Besides, how would it look for the three of us to go rummaging around in that department. People would think we were perverts or something."
"Just ask a sales lady to help you. Remember, you're a woman now," Chet said as the three of them headed towards fishing supplies.
Belinda just stood there, not believing they would abandoned her like that. She slowly headed towards the lingerie department.
As she looked at what seemed to be endless rows of bras, she realized she didn't even know where to start. She saw a sales clerk straightening some merchandise and approached her. Before she even opened her mouth, she was blushing bright red. She never did that as a guy!
"Excuse me, Miss. I need to get some bras, but I don't know what size I wear. Can you help me?" she asked.
Sylvia looked at the woman that had approached her. She looked as if she was about to cry. She felt a wave of compassion for the obviously embarrassed girl.
"Sure thing, honey," Sylvia replied. "I know it can be confusing. Would you believe that some women would rather wear the wrong size than ask for help? Come over here to the dressing rooms and I'll measure you."
Belinda was relieved that the woman hadn't started laughing at her. Maybe she would survive this after all.
Sylvia took a measuring tape and put it around Belinda's chest, just below her breasts.
"This measurement tells me you will wear a 34 because you are 34 inches around."
Then she measured across the fullest part of Belinda's breasts.
"This is the confusing part. I subtract the first measurement from the second measurement, which was 38, and add one. Then I look at this chart," she said as she picked up a piece of paper, "and it tells me you will wear a 'D' cup. Do you need help selecting a bra?"
"Thanks, I just want four plain white bras, nothing fancy," Belinda said with a smile. She didn't think she would ever find anything to smile about while she was a girl and yet this kind person had somehow understood just what she needed.
Sylvia selected several styles and handed them to Belinda. "You might want to try them on to find out which brand fits you the best. They're all a little different."
Belinda sighed. "I guess so, it's just that it's so difficult fastening them in the back."
"Oh, you're like my Aunt Heddie. She insists they fit better if she puts them on that way. I take the lazy way though...fasten in front, spin them around and pull them up."
Sylvia was surprised at the bright smile her customer bestowed upon her.
"Thank you, I will," Belinda said as she turned to enter the dressing room.
She was so elated at finding out how to put a bra on, that she didn't give much thought about entering the women's fitting rooms. Once in there, she tried on the four bras that Sylvia had handed her. Sure enough, they went on much easier once you knew the trick. She found one that seemed to fit better than the others.
She slipped Maria's bra on and as she was about to put the shirt back on, she noticed the tag at the neck. It said it was a size '10'. Since it was a little small, Belinda figured she needed an '11'. She took her jeans off to check for a size on them. The tag said they were '8 Average'.
She wondered, 'Average what?'
After she redressed, she went back to Sylvia. "I like this one. Do you have four of them?"
"I'm sure we do," she answered. After getting the bras, she asked, "Is there anything else I can help you with?"
"Uh, I need some underwear, also, plain white."
Belinda was still embarrassed to ask even though Sylvia had very nice and had not made her feel foolish for asking for help. She usually just looked for something in her size and if she liked the color she bought it. She rarely, if ever, asked for help in a store.
"Do you know your size?" she asked.
Red faced, Belinda answered, "My weight has changed just recently and I'm not, ah, sure."
"Well, let's measure you and find out." She whipped out the tape again and looped it around Belinda's waist. "Your waist is 24," she said as the tape dropped lower. "And your hips are 34. There is a chart on the packages of panties that will tell you what size to get. You know, you have a stunning figure."
"Th-thanks," Belinda stammered, embarrassed.
She went over to the racks of panties and saw a familiar brand. She didn't know that 'Fruit of the Loom' made women's underwear also. After checking the back of one of the packages, she grabbed the size she needed. Unfortunately, they came in packs of six. Oh well, she would just have two pair left over.
She took the bras and panties up to the register and paid for them herself. She didn't want to find the guys and then have to listen to the comments they would make about her choices. At least with them in a bag and the top tied, she would have a measure of privacy.
She went back to the sporting goods section and found the three of them discussing the merits of a particular lure. Jerry saw her first.
"There you are! What took so long?" Jerry asked.
"I think I am beginning to understand, a little, why it takes women so long to go shopping. You wouldn't believe what it takes just to buy underwear," Belinda answered.
"Well, it shouldn't take as long, with all of us helping, to get the rest of the stuff," Chet said.
All four of them moved towards the racks of women's clothes. They started to look at the various outfits until Glen called out.
"Hey, I found the clearance stuff! Since we only need outfits for four days, why spend full price? When this is all over and done with, we can give the clothes to Good Will or the Salvation Army. Any idea what sizes you need, Belinda?"
"Yeah, an 11 in shirts and a 9 in jeans." Belinda felt quite proud until she noticed that all the guys were looking at her.
"How the hell do you know that?" Chet asked.
"I looked at the tags in what I'm wearing now. Jeez, what did you think that just because you turned me into a woman on the outside that I am suddenly becoming one on the inside, too?" Belinda whispered.
"Calm down, Belinda," Jerry said. "I'm sure Chet didn't mean anything by it. I think we are all just a touch off balance by this."
"Hell, I just wondered how you knew? I didn't mean to upset you. You'd think you were on the rag or something," Chet said.
"Another comment like that and you can find yourself someone else to go to this damned conference!" Belinda said hotly.
"Chet, I think it would be a good idea for you to keep your mouth shut for a while, okay?" Glen advised.
Chet just shrugged his shoulders and began looking through the racks of clothes.
"I don't see any 9's or 11's. They all seem to be even numbers. Do you want to try 10's and 12's?" Jerry asked.
"I guess that would work. I just can't go any smaller. These barely fit as it is."
"Yeah, I noticed," Chet said with a grin. "Ok, I'm shutting up!"
Jerry held up a dress and asked, " Belinda, what about this one?"
"No dresses! I will not wear a dress. It has to be jeans and shirts or nothing," Belinda protested. Her eyes shot open as she realized just what she had said. Her eyes then darted over to Chet for the obvious comment he was sure to make.
"Don't say it, Chet," Glen and Jerry said in unison.
Chet closed his mouth on whatever it was he was going to say.
The four of them rummaged around through the racks.
"The only jeans on clearance are these pink ones, Belinda, will they do?" Jerry asked.
"Pink? Aw man...okay, I guess that will work...just no dresses!" Belinda insisted.
They searched through the clothing until they had selected four outfits in the sizes they had discussed.
"Okay, we have the clothes. Can we go back now?" Belinda asked.
"Not yet, we still have to get you a few more things," Jerry said.
"Like what?" Belinda asked.
"Well, you have to have some make-up. Women always wear make- up," Jerry answered. "And a purse. Have you ever seen a woman without a purse?"
They happened to pass through the purses on their way to cosmetics.
"Big or little?" Belinda asked.
"Jessica's is huge. She crams all sorts of stuff in it," Jerry commented.
"Then I will get a smaller one because I don't have anything to put in it," Blake said.
"Tell you what," Glen said. "Play it safe and split the difference. Get a medium sized one. That way you can keep your make-up and a wallet in it, and maybe your comb and brush. That should be enough junk."
Belinda grabbed the first medium sized purse she saw, which was a metallic gold and had a long strap.
"Good choice! Gold goes with everything, doesn't it?" Jerry asked.
As they walked over to the cosmetic section, Belinda asked, "Does anyone know anything about this stuff?"
The men stood looking at the row after row of make-up.
"Well, Irene says no woman goes out without at least lipstick on." Glen explained. "So we need to get you that much at the very least.
There were at least six different displays containing lipstick and each display had what appeared to the men to be at least fifty different colors.
Chet reached out and grabbed a tube of bright red lipstick. "I think this is the color Maria wears and it looks good on her."
"You can't go wrong with red, can you?" Glen asked.
"Sounds okay to me," Jerry said. "Now, how about perfume? Women always wear something smelly."
"Not this woman!" Belinda protested.
"We better pass on that," Glen said. "I think we have everything we need. Let's pay for this stuff and head back to the lab."
"Wait! What about pajamas?" Chet asked.
"I usually sleep in a pair of boxers," Belinda admitted.
"From little up, girls love slumber parties. I wouldn't be surprised if they have a hen party with everyone sitting around in their night clothes," Jerry guessed.
"Jerry's right. You need something even if you don't actually wear it to bed," Glen agreed.
So it was back to the lingerie department. The nightclothes were on the edge of the department so this time they all went to look.
"I guess a gown is out of the question, huh?" Chet asked. "What about these?"
Chet held up a pair of oversized pajamas in a bright shade of hot pink.
"Works for me," Belinda said as she grabbed them from Chet. "Now let's get out of here."
On their way to the front of the store to check out, Belinda stumbled and almost fell.
"Damn," she said, barely regaining her balance. "I guess I need to buy shoes. This pair is too big."
With a mixture of sighs and groans, they all turned to the shoe department.
"What is it with women and shoes?" Chet asked, exasperated.
"Shut up, Chet," Belinda said. "I'm not a woman, so I don't know."
"The offer to make you a woman still stands," Chet whispered.
"So does the offer of a kick in the balls!" Belinda replied. 'Never with Chet!' she thought.
She almost stumbled as she realized she might consider it with someone else.
'Damn, I have to get my body back!' was her next thought.
At the shoe department, all four of them just stood and looked at the racks of women's shoes.
"I don't even have a clue as to what size I wear now," Belinda said.
"Hey, these are neat looking, for a girl that is," Chet said, holding up a pair of purple sneakers.
Belinda decided now was just as good a time as any to start ignoring Chet.
"I think women's shoes run about two numbers higher than men's shoes. What size shoe do you wear?" Jerry asked.
"I wear a size '5'," Belinda answered. "Okay, I have small feet. So what?" she added, when the guys just looked at her.
"That would be a '7' in women's and since those are too big, try a '6'," Glen suggested.
Belinda went over to the rack that held the size '6' shoes and found a pair of simple, white canvas deck shoes. She slipped one on and the fit was perfect. She put them back into their box and added the box to the rest of the items they were purchasing. That done, they all turned towards the registers and freedom.
A short time later, Belinda was back inside the chamber, awaiting Jerry to turn the device on. The machinery began humming and the tingling sensation began again.
The whole time she was in the process of changing, she was mouthing prayers that she wouldn't get stuck as a woman. Finally the machine shut off. Blake noticed that the clothes that were so tight just a few minutes ago were now hanging on him. His chest was flat and his crotch wasn't. He stripped down to his boxers and stepped out.
He glanced into the reflection and noticed that everything seemed to be back to normal. He heaved a deep sigh of relief.
"See? Everything's back to normal," Jerry said. "But, I know how you felt. I felt the same way when I changed."
Blake gave the guys a sheepish grin. "I guess I was a bit nervous about the changing back part. This just might work after all."
"It will be a cinch," Chet said. "Just remember to go along with whatever the women do."
"Right! Just remember, 'when in Rome...'. As long as you do what they do, they will never suspect that you are not one of them," Glen said. "You'll do just fine."
'Famous last words,' Blake thought.
Blake was on his way over to Glen's for the barbecue. He had gone over and over the story in his mind and felt reasonably sure he could pull it off. As he pulled up, he noticed that he was the last to arrive. He wondered if Glen told him the wrong time in order to stage an appearance.
"Blake, darling, we were wondering where you were," Irene said as she kissed his cheek.
She was this way all the time. Everybody was 'darling' and if you didn't get a kiss then you got a hug.
Blake shot Glen a dirty look and said, "Sorry, Irene, but I just got the most wonderful news and time just slipped away."
"Do tell, dear boy, we are dying to hear," Irene said as she pulled him into the room. "Glen, get Blake a beer. We can't have him getting thirsty while he is telling us his good news."
Glen handed Blake his beer with a wink.
"I just found out I have a twin sister!"
"Really! Why is it that you didn't know of this sister before?" Jessica asked with a gleam in her eye. She just loved stories where families were reunited.
"I was always told how my mother and father were divorced shortly after I was born." This much was the truth at least.
"What I was never told was that I was a twin and that he got custody of my twin sister. Well, my father died just a few weeks ago and Belinda, my sister, found references of me in his papers when she was clearing up his affairs. Since Mom and I never moved, it was fairly easy for her to track me down"
"It appears he spent most of his life doing missionary work with the Eskimo Indians up in the northern most reaches of Alaska. With him gone, she says that she wants to go somewhere it's warm. I asked her to visit me a while until she made up her mind as to where she wanted to live."
"That's fantastic!" Maria said. There was just a trace of tears in her eyes. Maria always was over emotional. "When will she be arriving? We will have to throw a party in her honor, of course."
"She'll be arriving sometime during the week after next," Blake said. He couldn't believe everyone was buying his story. It sounded so hokey to him.
"Blake, I know you are going out of town with the Saunder's project in a few days. Will you be back in time to greet her?" Glen asked.
Blake could see the approval in his eyes. That's what this was all about as far as he was concerned...being a part of something.
"I'll fly back next Monday in plenty of time to prepare for her visit. I believe she said she would arrive on Thursday, a week. So you see? No problems," Blake explained.
"We'll be back from the conference in plenty of time to plan a special get-together to welcome your sister," Stephanie declared.
With the mention of the conference all the women started talking excitedly about all the fun they were going to have while they were out of town. The men just rolled their eyes.
The stage was set.
Irene was getting the last of her luggage down to the front door to load into the car. All the girls were meeting over at Maria's and they were driving out together in her mini-van. There was plenty of room for them and all of their luggage.
Just as she was preparing to leave a note reminding Glen of everything he needed to do while she was gone, she heard the front door open and Glen call out.
"Irene? Just wait here a moment. Irene, where are you?"
"Glen, what are you doing home? Is there something wrong?" She hoped nothing had come up that would prevent her from going to the conference.
As she entered the living room she saw a young lady standing in the doorway, looking around. She had beautiful auburn hair, which clashed horribly with the red striped blouse she was wearing and was in desperate need of a good cut. She had a fairly impressive bosom, which was over-accentuated by the fact that the stripes on her blouse ran horizontally. To top it all off, she was wearing a pair of rose colored jeans.
Irene couldn't help but wonder if the girl was colorblind.
"Can I help you?" she asked.
The young lady turned at the sound of her voice and as soon as Irene saw her face, she knew who she was.
"Why, you're Belinda, aren't you?" she asked. "Of course you are! The resemblance between you and your brother is amazing."
"Oh, there you are, Irene. Look who showed up a week early," Glen said as he walked back into the room.
"I am not early, my brother apparently misunderstood me," Belinda answered.
'What a lovely voice,' Irene thought. "Of course you aren't early, darling," Irene said giving her a hug. "Men are notorious for getting dates wrong. Glen still thinks my birthday is in July. It's in August, actually."
"Since Blake is still out of town for the next five days, I thought you might take Belinda under your wing and take her to this 'woman's thing' that you are going to," Glen said.
Irene thought a moment and said, "I don't know if there are any openings still available. Let me call the hotel and check."
For a brief moment, Belinda panicked. What if there was no room for her. Then she realized if there wasn't she could go back to being herself right away.
Irene wondered at the flicker of panic in Belinda's eyes, but it was so brief that she convinced herself she was mistaken.
When she came back into the room, she was smiling.
"Good news. I spoke to the chairwoman handling registration and she said that there were a few cancellations due to emergencies, so there is room for you."
"Thank you," Belinda said, softly. "I appreciate that you're taking a total stranger with you and I thank you."
"Oh come now, you're not a stranger. You're Blake's sister and that makes you family," Irene insisted. "Now we need to get going. Do you have your luggage with you?"
"It's there by the door," Belinda said as she pointed towards a duffel bag that was propped against the wall.
"This is everything?" Irene asked in surprise. "Glen did tell you this was a four day conference, didn't he?"
"Yes, he did. I have four outfits in there," Belinda answered. "Besides, it's all I have with me at the moment. The rest of my stuff is in Alaska and isn't really suitable for this climate."
"Well, that's okay, dear. We can pick a few things later on. Let me call the others because I'm running a little late. Once I let them know we're on our way, we can leave." She turned to Glen, who had been watching their exchange. "You run along, dear. Belinda and I will get along just fine."
Glen leaned over and kissed his wife on the cheek. "Irene, you see to it that Belinda gets the most out of this thing, okay?" he whispered. "She seems a little shy to me."
"Don't worry, dear, she is in good hands," Irene whispered back.
Belinda felt uncomfortable watching the couple say their good-byes. She turned and made a point of ignoring their whisperings. She wondered if she would ever find that 'special' person the way all her friends had. Maybe when this was all over, he and Stephanie could look at deepening their relationship.
Maria came back into the room after hanging up with Irene.
"Was that Irene?" Jessica asked.
"Yes, she is on her way and she said she's bringing a surprise," Maria informed the others.
"Well, I wonder what that could be," Jessica mused. "Any ideas, Stephanie?"
"She didn't mention anything about a surprise to me," Stephanie replied.
"We'll find out soon enough," Maria said, eager to change subjects. "Now tell me, you two, has your sex life gotten better lately?"
"What?" Stephanie gasped, blushing.
"Irene and I were talking yesterday and both of us have become aware of an increase in our 'bedroom activities' in the last two weeks," Maria explained, "and I was wondering if either of you noticed the same?"
"Now that you mention it, Jerry has been a bit friskier than usual. I wonder what's up?" Jessica pondered.
"There must be a new girl at work that started in the last two weeks or so," Maria guessed.
"That's got to be it!" Jessica agreed.
"Doesn't that bother you?" Stephanie asked. "I mean the fact that your husbands are getting turned on by another woman..."
Both of the other women started laughing.
"Honey, as long as Chet brings it home to Mama, I don't care what stimulates him," Maria said, winking. "You're still young..."
"And single," Jessica added. "Has Blake acted any differently the last two weeks?"
"Well...not really..." Stephanie sounded unsure.
"Uh oh, tell Auntie Jessica all about it, dear," Jessica said, scooting closer to Stephanie.
"It's nothing, really! He is concerned about his sister's visit, that's all."
"Concerned? How?" Maria asked.
"What with her being isolated up in the outback of Alaska with only her father, he was concerned about her needing to know about women things," Stephanie explained.
"Alaska doesn't have an outback, dear. I think you mean the 'wilds of Alaska'. But never mind that," Jessica said, "what was he asking you?"
"Whatever! He wanted to know how I went about selecting an outfit to wear," Stephanie said, sorry she ever brought the subject up.
"Do you mean, that while our husbands were trying to get into our pants, Blake was trying to get into your closet?" Maria asked, astounded.
Maria was full-blooded Italian and a very passionate woman. Her dark eyes were flashing and Stephanie wasn't sure if it was outrage or amusement.
"That's not what I meant and you know it!" Stephanie said, indignantly.
The other women burst out laughing.
"Honey, I'm sorry. I get so used to giving that ass-hole of a husband a hard time that I forget myself sometimes," Maria said as she wiped tears of mirth from her eyes.
"By the way, why do you stay with Chet if you feel that way about him?" Stephanie asked. "It's not like you have any kids or anything. I've heard you refer to him as an ass-hole on more than one occasion."
"Chet is a good man. His main problem is that he forgets to engage his brain before he open his mouth. Besides, I love him, ass-hole that he is. More importantly, he loves me. He may be a jerk most of the time, but Honey, between the sheets, the man is a god!" Maria explained. "Which brings us back to the original topic...has Blake been more...amorous lately?"
"Well...we haven't gotten to that stage in our relationship yet," Stephanie confessed. "The most we have done is kiss and hold hands. Although, lately, there has been something more in his kisses."
"Go on...more passion?" Jessica asked.
"I'm sure it's just my imagination," Stephanie evaded.
"Of course not! We women notice things a man would never even dream of telling us verbally. We are much better at reading body language than men are. That's where a lot of our 'women's intuition' comes from. Trust your instincts, girl," Maria explained. "Now tell us!"
"I'm sure it's nothing, but it almost seemed as if he had something to prove. There was almost a desperate quality to it. Like I said, it’s just my imagination."
The sound of car doors slamming outside distracted the women from the topic they were discussing, much to Stephanie's relief.
"She's here! Now we can get started," Jessica exclaimed.
Maria rushed to the door and threw it open.
"It's about time you...oh, hello, I'm sorry, that was rude of me," Jessica and Stephanie heard Maria say.
They looked at each other and Jessica shrugged. Both women went to see who was at the door. As they were entering the foyer they saw a woman they didn't know, enter. Right behind her was Irene.
"Everybody, here is my surprise. I would like you to meet Belinda Scott, Blake's sister from Alaska. Belinda, this is Maria Coleman, Jessica Stewart and my sister, Stephanie James.
"I'm pleased to meet you. I hope you ladies don't mind my busting in like this," Belinda said.
"Oh...of course not, Belinda. As Blake's sister, you're already family. We are glad you could join us on such short notice," Jessica said.
All of the women were a little stunned by Belinda's appearance.
"Where are my manners?" Maria said. "Please come in."
Maria stepped back and then led everyone into the den where everyone had been waiting.
"Can I get you something to drink?"
"No, thank you," Belinda said softly. "But if I may use your bathroom?"
"Sure, it's down the hall, third door on the left," Maria said.
Belinda almost ran to the bathroom. 'This was never going to work,' she thought. 'How could I ever have believed I could convince these four women that I was one of them.'
She wondered how long she could hide in the bathroom before someone came looking for her.
Back in the den, the women were whispering fast.
"Did you see her clothes! See looks as if she were dressed by a committee of men," Jessica whispered.
"No wonder Blake has been worried," Stephanie realized.
"Ladies! We have a rare opportunity here. We have the chance to turn that mismatched eyesore into a lovely young lady," Irene said.
"Lovely, nothing! Did you see her bone structure? And that figure? She has the potential to be drop-dead gorgeous!" Maria added.
"We owe it to Blake...scratch that...we owe it to womankind to turn that caterpillar into a butterfly," Irene stated.
"And what better place to do that, than at the conference!" Jessica exclaimed.
"Shhh...keep it down. We don't want to hurt her feelings," Stephanie said quietly.
"Exactly! This is quite a job in front of us ladies. I suggest we stop at the mall on the way out of town under the pretext of one of us needing something and see if we can't get her a decent looking outfit," Maria said, warming to the task.
"Slowly ladies, we don't need to change the whole outfit yet, just the blouse." Irene said.
"We'll definitely need an outfit for tomorrow, though," Jessica said.
"What makes you say that?" Stephanie asked.
"Think about it. If you were going to meet a brother you had never met before, wouldn't you want to look your best?" Jessica replied.
"Oh God, in that case, I would hate to see the rest of her clothes," Maria stated.
"Okay, a blouse for today and a simple outfit for tomorrow," Irene amended.
"But what about that atrocious lipstick?" Stephanie asked.
"I know, Stephanie, you buy a tube of something in a rose color and when hers wears off and she gets ready to reapply it, offer her yours. Say you didn't care for the color or something," Jessica suggested.
"That's the plan then. After we arrive at the conference, we let that guide our plans. Stephanie, you'll have a big part in this. I suggest that you room with her since you are the closest to her in age. Play up the girlfriend bit, doing the hair, experimenting with make-up, you know what I mean?" Irene asked.
"Whew, got it. I'll give it my best," Stephanie said with a nod.
"Maria, do you have a camera?" Jessica asked.
"What for?"
"I would love a before and after picture."
"You would have to take one of each of us then so she doesn't feel singled out," Stephanie advised.
"No problem...I have plenty of film," Maria said as she slipped from the room.
Belinda was still in the bathroom trying to work up the courage to go out. 'How bad can the next four days be?' she thought. 'It's just 96 hours and I'll be back to my old self. I can do this.'
Maria was coming back down the hall when the bathroom door opened and Belinda came out.
"Oh, you're just in time. We are going to take pictures of everyone before we leave," Maria said.
"Please, don't feel you have to include me...I know I'm a late addition. I'll be happy just to tag along," Belinda said, feeling a touch of panic.
'Not pictures,' she thought.
"Now that's not the way to get the full enjoyment out of this. Come on, let loose...you'll have a blast!" By that time they were back in with the others.
"Okay everybody, we'll do this one at a time. Stephanie, stand over against that wall and smile," Maria said.
Stephanie stood where Maria indicated and struck a coy pose. Jessica was next and she hammed it up with a seductive pose. Irene stood in a relaxed yet proper pose, preferring a more traditional picture.
"You're next Belinda."
Belinda stood where the others had and tried to smile. She was stiff and try as she would, she couldn't relax.
"My turn," Maria said. "Irene, would you do the honors? It's set, all you have to do is point the camera and push the button."
Belinda thought the camera might melt from the hot look Maria gave it.
"That one's for Chet," she giggled.
"Alright, let's get moving, ladies. We need to make a stop at the mall because I forgot something," Jessica said.
All five ladies entered Maria's mini-van and they were off. The mall was a short drive from Maria's home.
Belinda listened to them chatter in excitement. She listened closely, hoping that when she was back to her 'old' self that she would have enough stuff to tell the guys that would make all this worthwhile. She doubted it though; all they were talking about was the conference and some 'special project' that they were all involved with.
Once they were at the mall, they went straight to a women's clothing store. Even though Jessica was the one that had forgotten something, they were all looking through the racks.
"This is nice," Jessica said, holding up a blouse.
"Yes, but not quite, if you know what I mean," Irene said.
The other women agreed and Belinda wondered what Irene meant, but she wasn't about to ask.
"Now this is it!" Stephanie said, holding up a teal colored pantsuit.
"Oh yes, but that isn't your color, Stephanie," Maria said with a frown. "But Belinda, that would look beautiful on you. Why don't you go try it on?"
"I don't think..." Belinda started.
"Nonsense, dear, it is perfect for you. Now, into the dressing room with you. Be sure and let us see how it looks"
Belinda knew she was going to have to go shopping sometime on this trip, however she didn't expect it to happen so soon. She decided to go along with everyone and went into the dressing room.
As she looked into the mirror, she realized the new outfit looked really good on her. She took a deep breath and stepped outside.
"Oh, yes! That suit was made for you," Jessica said. It brings out the color of your beautiful eyes. You must buy it."
"No, let me buy it for you," Irene said.
"Oh, I couldn't," Belinda protested.
"Of course you can," Irene said. "Besides, Glen told me I was to see to it that this was a memorable time for you."
"Thank you, Irene. I do like the outfit. And I can assure you, I will never forget this trip," Belinda said.
Before they left the store, everyone had purchased something. There was a blouse that everyone insisted she try on and she ended up wearing it out. When the women had approved of how she looked in it, she decided to part with some of her funds and buy it. Soon they were on their way again.
There was no lull in the conversation during the drive to the conference. All the women made an effort to include Belinda. Much to her surprise, the women never even mentioned their husbands.
Once they reached the hotel where they were to spend the next four days, Belinda received a shock.
Irene was handing out the keys to their rooms. "Maria, you and Jessica will share a room and Stephanie, you and Belinda."
"Oh, no, that's not necessary. I'm sure that before I came along, Irene, you and Stephanie were sharing a room. I don't want to put you out. As a matter of fact, I insist the two of you room together. I'll take the single room." Belinda was struggling not to be obvious about her desire to be alone.
"Now, darling, you are the answer to a prayer. I'm embarrassed to admit it, but I have a little snoring problem. Glen sleeps like the dead, so it doesn't bother him, but I was worried about keeping Stephanie awake every night," Irene said, sheepishly.
"Little?" Stephanie said laughing. "When we were kids, I used to think there was a monster in her room at night. I would really appreciate it if you would share a room with me, Belinda."
Irene was standing there looking a bit embarrassed while Stephanie was waiting hopefully. Damn! She couldn't say no, but how could she say yes?
"If you're sure," Belinda said slowly, "I will be glad to share a room with Stephanie."
"Great!" Stephanie said. "We are going to have a wonderful time, wait and see."
Again, Belinda thought she needed to have her head examined.
They all went to their rooms which were on the ninth floor. Belinda was glad to see the double beds. For a few minutes, after she had accepted, she had wondered if she was going to have to share the same bed. If that had been the case, she would have found some reason to switch with Irene.
As they began to hang up their clothes, Stephanie realized that she was right about the state of Belinda's clothing.
"Didn't you bring a dress with you? she asked.
"I don't own any dresses," Belinda answered. "Where I was, they weren't very practical, what with letting the cold get up your skirt."
Belinda had thought about several questions she might be asked and had answers ready for them. The dress question was one of them.
"That's okay. We can take care of that here. You will want a dress for Saturday night, when we go out," Stephanie said.
"Right now, let's go get the others and get this conference started."
The five women went to the hotel ballroom, which had been set up as a meeting room for the two hundred women registered. There, Belinda learned the agenda that the husbands had been so eager to learn about.
The conference was for women to help them realize their full potential in both their inner and outer beauty. Due to there being 200 women attending, half of the women would do the outer beauty on one day, and the other half, the next. According to their schedule, tomorrow they would address the outer beauty first. There would be lectures and demonstrations on applying make-up as well as hair styles and clothes. Tomorrow afternoon would see a fashion show of the newest styles followed by a shopping excursion so you could implement what you had learned. Saturday, would focus on the inner beauty. There were lectures scheduled on self esteem, time management and finances. Sunday, there was a talk on 'Sexuality and the Modern Woman'.
As Belinda looked over the agenda she had been given, she saw absolutely nothing that the guys would be interested in. The women weren't trying to hide anything from their husbands. There were no
'Husband Bashing' or 'Down With Men' lectures planned. This was a waste of all their time and money. Sunday night, she was going to go back to being her old self. She would just go along with everything. Besides, she felt closer to these women now. That, in and of itself, was reason enough for her to be involved. Besides, everything she learned here will help her to understand women better in the future. These women weren't stupid. If she didn't pay attention and get involved, they would begin to wonder about her.
When the introductory speaker was finished, all the women left the room. They were excited to begin.
Belinda was exhausted. All she wanted to do was go to sleep. Being a woman was hard work!
"You poor dear," Stephanie said, "You look bushed. Why don't you take a relaxing hot bath before you turn in for the night. Here use some of these bath crystals. They are for relaxation."
"I usually just take a shower," Belinda answered. "Besides, I'm sure you want a turn in the bathroom."
"I'll bath later. Right now there's this book that I'm in the middle of and I want to read for a while, so you go ahead."
Belinda took her pajamas into the bathroom to get ready for bed. She looked at the tub and thought about what Stephanie had said.
"What the hell, why not?" Belinda said as she started bath water running. She poured some of the crystals into the water and enjoyed the soothing fragrance as she undressed.
As she slipped into the hot water, she could almost feel the tension easing from her body. When the water had cooled, she bathed quickly and got out. She could barely keep her eyes open, she was so relaxed. She put on the bright pink pajamas that Chet had picked out and went into the other room.
Stephanie was lying on the bed reading. Unfortunately, she was only wearing her panties and her bra. Belinda dropped all her clothes, stunned at the sight that she, as Blake, had only imagined.
Picking up her clothes gave her a moment to try to compose herself.
"The...ah...bathroom is free n-now," she stuttered.
"Thanks," Stephanie replied, getting up.
Belinda tried her best not to stare at Stephanie's lithe body as she walked to the bathroom, but she was only human. Oddly enough, the sight of Stephanie's nearly naked body didn't arouse her as she thought it would have. That really worried her.
Blake had the normal desires that a man has for a lovely woman. Granted, he had never done anything about it. The guys would have a fit if they knew Blake was still a virgin. On several occasions, he had been aroused by Stephanie, but since it was still early in their relationship, he hadn't made any moves in that direction yet. He didn't want to do anything to ruin the friendship that was building between them.
Belinda was still dwelling on her lack of response thirty minutes later when Stephanie came out of the bathroom wrapped in a towel. As she stood in front of the chest of drawers, where she had placed her clothes, she removed the towel and stooped to get a nightgown. She raised her arms, lifting the gown over her head and turned slightly which gave Belinda a full view of her nakedness.
'This is not good,' Belinda thought. Her heart remained slow and steady. There was no increase in her breathing rate. No part of her seemed to be reacting to the lovely sight she was seeing.
Stephanie's legs were long and shapely. Her breasts appeared firm and pert. There didn't appear to be an ounce of fat anywhere. The thatch of brown hair at the juncture of her slender thighs indicated that she didn't color her hair.
The only feeling Belinda had was that she was slightly embarrassed because she knew Stephanie would never have appeared in a state of undress if she knew who she really was. She clung to the thought that Jerry had said the rat was able to father babies. For some reason, her lack of response didn't keep her awake as she expected. Within a few minutes she was asleep.
The next morning, the phone rang waking both girls. It was the wake- up call they had requested.
"I am so excited!" Stephanie exclaimed. "Let's get ready and meet the others for breakfast. The first thing on the agenda is make-up so don't put on a lot, just the essentials."
"Oh, I don't wear make-up...except for lipstick of course," Belinda said. "I prefer the natural look."
"So do I. I'm hoping to get some tips on how to make my make-up look more natural. Speaking of lipstick," Stephanie said, as she went over to her purse, "I bought this color yesterday and I realized it's not my shade. Although, I think it would look lovely on you. It would go very well with your new suit."
Belinda took the lipstick gratefully, because she hadn't cared for the way the red lipstick looked on her. She didn't know why it would look good on Maria and bad on her. Maybe Chet was mistaken about it being Maria's color.
The two girls dressed and were soon ready to meet the others.
"Is that the only pair of shoes you brought with you?" Stephanie asked.
"Yes...what's wrong with them? I thought white went with everything," Belinda said.
"Oh, it does. It's just that sometimes a darker color goes better, that's all. We'll take care of that later. Right now I'm hungry."
The two girls went downstairs to the restaurant where the others were already waiting.
"There you are. I was wondering what could be keeping the two of you," Irene said. "Belinda, you look lovely this morning. That teal suit really brings out your eyes."
"Oh yes, that is definitely your color. You hair positively gleams next to it," Jessica added.
"Okay ladies," Maria interrupted, "I'm hungry! Let's get a move on."
Belinda was relieved when the focus shifted off of her, however she had a warm feeling as a result of the compliments the women had given her. After a quick breakfast of fruit and toast, the ladies headed for the assembly room.
Irene led them towards the front seats. "I need to be close to see better," she said when Belinda suggested they sit farther back.
"Besides, you can hear better, and I don't want to miss a thing," Maria added.
Belinda wondered what the big deal was. Surely there wasn't that much to putting on make-up.
The women had just taken their seats when the morning's speaker approached the podium. She was short and didn't have the best of figures, however her face was beautiful. Belinda couldn't imagine why she would even want to wear make-up. Behind the speaker was a large drop-down screen.
"Good morning, I'm Louise Bishop," she announced. "Learning the correct way to apply make-up literally changed my life." A picture of a plain woman flashed upon the screen. "As you can see, I wasn't much to look at."
Belinda was surprised that the picture and the speaker were the same person. The photograph must have been doctored to make Louise look so plain.
"I was easily overlooked. Let's face it. I'm short and not that good looking. There wasn't anything I could do about my height, however I could do something about the way I looked. I went to the library and read all the make-up books I could find and then I experimented with what I had learned and even tried some of my own ideas. How I look today is the result. Looking good did so much for my self esteem, that I decided to teach the art of make-up to anyone who wants to learn. And that's why I'm here today."
For the next hour, Belinda sat, fascinated, and listened to Louise tells everything there was to know about make-up. She learned about the different skin tones and how the wrong shades of make-up can make you look worse than no make-up at all. The talk was illustrated with slides showing the right thing to do as well as the wrong. She listened to an explanation of how various facial shapes can be made to appear different through shading and highlighting. There were several before and after pictures, which served to point out exactly what the speaker was saying. There was even a brief show of how make-up styles had changed through the years. There was much laughter as picture after picture was shown on the screen of how much make-up styles had changed over the last few decades.
Before Belinda realized it, Louise was winding up her presentation. The last hour had just flown by and where as Belinda expected to bored to tears, she had been enthralled by all the intricacies involved in looking beautiful.
"Thank you for listening so attentively. And now in the ballroom across the hall, there are representatives for Estee Lauder, Clinique and Elizabeth Arden set up to do makeovers..."
"Let's go," Irene whispered. "We need to get out of here if we want to get our makeovers early. Last year, there were too many women and not enough chairs set up, so it took longer than they had planned to get everyone their makeover."
The five women quietly slipped down the aisle to the door.
"I don't need a makeover," Belinda said. "I mean if there is a shortage of chairs, someone else can have my place."
"Nonsense, you are getting a makeover. Why I bet you've never had one living in Alaska as you did," Maria insisted.
"There is something luxurious in having someone else put your make-up on for you."
"I don't think there is anything to worry about," Irene said as they entered the ballroom. "There are three times as many chairs as there was last year. Everyone should have a turn. There's a seat over there. You first, Belinda."
As Belinda sat in the chair, she realized she was curious as to just how good make-up could make her look.
"What type of look are you wanting?" the woman who would be applying her make-up asked. Her name tag said her name was Penny.
"Oh...I guess..," Belinda stammered.
Irene stepped in. " Glamour, definitely. Give her the works. Look at those eyes, accent them as well as her cheeks."
Irene stood there as Belinda got her makeover. The others scattered to nearby chairs to get theirs.
Penny explained Belinda's skin coloring and what shades would be most flattering to her. She told Belinda, step-by-step, what she was using and why, how to apply it and how to change it to suit whatever event she was going to. Anytime she had a question of preferences, Irene would answer her. When she was finished, she handed a mirror to Belinda.
Belinda couldn't believe that the reflection was her. She was stunning! There was almost a sense of simmering sexuality and it was all the make-up. All this time she had thought herself to be just slightly attractive and yet the mirror told her a different story. If Chet could see her now he would say she was a 'hotty'.
While Belinda was admiring herself in the mirror, Irene slipped Penny her charge card.
"All of it," Irene mouthed. She had a feeling that Belinda couldn't afford to buy all the make-up that Penny used to make her so beautiful. Well, she would tell Belinda it was all part of the makeover. After all, Glen said to be sure Belinda was included in everything.
Irene took Belinda's place for her own makeover. Belinda stood and watched. Now she could see how it was done. Penny was kind enough to explain the differences in the two styles of make-up. Belinda looked into the bag of make-up that Irene had handed her before taking her place in the chair. Belinda thought she might be able to apply her own make-up for the next two days with what she had learned.
Maria, Stephanie and Jessica came over after they had finished and were so excited over how great Belinda looked. The four of them stood and watched as Irene glowed under Penny's expert touch.
When all five were finished, they went to the hotel restaurant for a cup of coffee before the next workshop.
"I can't believe the difference that a little bit of make-up has made in how I look," Belinda said, as she sipped her coffee. It tasted a bit harsh and when she made a face, Jessica pushed the creamer her way.
"Try a little cream to smooth it out," she suggested. "I have always loved to look at before and after pictures of people who have been made over."
"Well, I knew Belinda would be a looker," Maria commented. "She has cheek bones to die for."
Belinda blushed at the praise. "So what's next on the agenda?" she asked, in an attempt to take the focus off from herself.
"Hair...the same type format, a speaker then having professionals do your hair," Stephanie answered. "That's the one I'm interested in. There has to be a more flattering way to wear my hair," she said as she pulled her long brown hair away from her face.
"But I've always liked your hair," Belinda said.
"Always?" Stephanie asked puzzled.
"Well, since I've met you," Belinda added, lamely. 'Boy, I almost blew it,' she thought.
"Oh, okay," Stephanie replied, shrugging.
"Well, let's get going, ladies. I want to get a good seat," Jessica urged.
The five of them moved into a different room than where Louise had lectured on make-up. They found seats a couple of rows closer than where they had been before.
The speaker walked to center stage. Her hair was long. It was so long it was obvious she could sit on it. As she approached the microphone, she brushed her hair to her back. It flowed like silk.
"Hi everyone, I'm Maureen. As you can tell, my most notable feature is my hair. Since everybody always stares at my hair, most people don't even notice that I have a plain face."
When she said that, Belinda looked to her face and realized that she was indeed plain. Had anyone asked her what she looked like, she would have replied 'Beautiful' because her hair made her so.
"I don't recommend this hair style to anyone without advising them that it takes me two hours to wash and dry it. As simple a style as this is, it is high maintenance. That's one of the things we are going to discuss today. Not only does a hairstyle have to flatter your face, it has to fit your lifestyle. Also, very few facial shapes can wear long, straight hair. So let's get started," Maureen began.
Belinda absorbed every word. She heard again about the various facial shapes and what hair styles were flattering to each. She learned how easy it was to damage your hair beyond repair and how important it was to use the proper shampoo and conditioner for your hair type. Long or short, straight or curly, each head of hair was different and had to be treated individually. However there were general rules that applied to all hair and Maureen covered these.
There was a slide show of before and after pictures showing how much the right hair style (or wrong one for that matter) could change your looks.
Blake had always just parted his hair down the middle and pulled it into a pony tail at his neck. That was also how Belinda wore hers. Now she knew that it was all wrong for her. What didn't matter on Blake, would make a big difference on her. She was eager to see what a difference a different hairstyle would do for her. If it were too feminine, she would just get a different haircut after she changed back. Now she realized that Blake could use a different style to help his self-confidence.
When the lecture was over, the women headed for a meeting room on the next floor where the salon chairs had been set up. Due to the fact that they were sitting up at the front, by the time they arrived, there was only one chair open. Belinda shoved Stephanie towards it.
"Go on...get it before someone else does," she said.
"But what about you? I know you will want to have your hair done. Maybe you should go first," Stephanie said, eyeing the open chair.
"I'll grab the next one open, I promise. Now scoot!" Belinda said, laughing. She was feeling as if she was a solid part of the group of women, which was strange. She had always felt just on the edge but never really a part of the gang as Blake.
Belinda and the others watched as Stephanie was getting her hair done. She noticed a man as she watched the other women having their hair cut or colored or just styled. He seemed to move from chair to chair offering advice or making a comment. He was dressed in black and his long black hair was braided and hung down his back. A straw cowboy hat completed his ensemble.
As he left Stephanie's chair, he noticed Belinda. He approached her and lifted his hand to her hair. As the silken strands slipped through his fingers, he looked at her.
"Your hair is beautiful, so pure. It's as if it has never known a curler or blow dryer. But you would look so much more attractive with a different style."
As he was talking, Belinda noticed the looks on the faces of her friends. It was a mixture of awe and laughter. They obviously knew who this man was.
"Keeping your hair pure and yet finding a style that sets off that beautiful face will be a challenge. I will do your hair myself!"
She heard her friends gasp and noticed looks of envy on the faces of some of the other women. As the man headed off, Jessica pushed her after him.
"That's Jose Eber, Stylist to the Stars! You are so lucky!" Jessica whispered as she guided Belinda towards the empty chair that sat apart from the others. "Usually he just comments on how his associates are doing and makes suggestions."
Belinda had never heard of Jose Eber, but it was obvious from the way everyone was acting, her being singled out this way was an honor. As she sat in the chair, Jose began by running his fingers though her hair, lifting it, pulling it from one side to the other as he studied the way it fell naturally.
"Beautiful," he murmured as he dampened her hair. Then he reached for his scissors. Belinda just sat and watched in the mirror as he moved from one side of her head to the other. As he worked his magic, her hair seemed to curl and wave without any assistance.
"The weight of your long hair has kept it straight," Jose said as he layered her hair. "With some of that weight gone, it springs to life. Also, you should never part your hair down the center like that. It makes your face look long. Your face is like a beautiful portrait and it needs an equally beautiful frame. A beautiful frame enhances even a dull picture."
When he stepped back, Belinda just sat there, dumbfounded. The girl in the mirror bore no resemblance to the girl in the mirror this morning. Her hair curled softly around her face with a tousled look, almost giving the appearance of having just come from a passionate embrace.
"Oh, wow..." she said.
Jose laughed. "A speechless woman is indeed high praise. Darling, I'm just teasing you," he said with a quick hug. "Your true beauty now shines through. I did nothing more than set it free. Now go...enjoy your beauty." With that he turned and went back to checking on the others.
Stephanie had come over after she had finished getting her hair done.
"Belinda, you are so beautiful," she said.
"This isn't me. The real me was that plain girl of this morning," Belinda protested.
"Belinda Scott, you listen to me and you listen good! All the make-up and hairstyles in the world can't make a plain woman as radiantly beautiful as you are this minute. It only accentuates what you already have. If you washed off all the make-up and washed your hair, you would still see the girl that's in that mirror over there. She wouldn't be as flashy, but she would still be beautiful! You just didn't know she was there. Now that you do, she will never go away. You will always see her." Stephanie stopped to take a few breaths.
Never had anyone ever risen to Belinda or Blake's defense the way Stephanie just had. Granted she was defending her from her own low self-esteem. Belinda felt tears of gratitude coming to her eyes.
"Oh, no...don't cry. You'll mess up your mascara. I didn't mean to hurt your feelings."
"Thank you, Stephanie. I've never had a friend like you before, that is if I can call you my friend," Belinda sniffed.
"Please, don't cry, you'll make me cry too and then we'll both be a mess. And of course I'm your friend," Stephanie responded.
The two women laughed at the mental picture of the two of them with black streaks down their cheeks and the tears vanished. Arm in arm, they went in search of the others who were at this time getting their own hair done by Jose's associates.
It was almost 1:00 o'clock by the time they were finished and they headed for the restaurant for a late lunch. As they ate, they all discussed each other's new looks.
Stephanie's was probably the most drastic. Her long straight brown hair was now a short wedge with reddish highlights. Blake had always liked Stephanie's long hair. Although the short cut gave her a pixyish look. Maria, on the other hand, had very little done other than a trim and refining the style she already had. Irene was now a blonde and Jessica's straight hair now was a mop of riotous curls thanks to the perm she had been given.
"Gosh, I hope Blake doesn't mind me cutting my hair," Stephanie said. "But I feel so much freer and taller without all that weight."
"Well, since he didn't have to take the time to fix it, he really doesn't have much of a say in it," Jessica stated.
"I'm sure he will like it," Belinda said, firmly.
"I don't know. You know men and long hair. That's the reason I didn't get much cut off," Maria said. "The last time I got more than a trim, Chet hit the roof and didn't let up until it had grown back out. Of course, I made sure I had a new wardrobe in exchange for the longer hair," she laughed.
Well, Glen doesn't seem to even notice when I get my hair done. What do you bet he notices this time," Irene said laughing. "But the biggest surprise is the beautiful butterfly that Belinda is becoming."
"Without a doubt. We are going to have to keep an eye on our husbands," Marie said.
"Maybe your husband, but Jerry knows better," Jessica said laughing.
"Excuse me for interrupting you ladies," a tall matronly woman said, as she stood near their table. "I just wanted to say how much you have bloomed since I noticed you last night," she said to Belinda. "That is the reason an old woman like me comes to these things. It does my heart good to see young things like you blooming into womanhood."
"Why thank you," Belinda said, surprised that a complete stranger would care. "And for what it's worth, I don't think you are old."
"Bless you, my child. I have grandchildren your age, but I thank you for the compliment." With a smile she left.
"She didn't look old enough to have a grandchild my age," Belinda said to the group.
"That's one of the wonders of good skin care," Irene said. "Take care of your skin and you don't age."
"Look at the time!" Jessica said. "We have just enough time to get to the next lecture room."
The five women left their money for their meals on the table and hurried to the room where they would spend the next two hours.
The room had been arranged to allow for a platform to run down the center of the room. The speaker's podium had been moved to one side. As they were getting settled, the house lights dimmed. A spotlight was focused at the head of the platform.
Out walked a woman in faded, torn jeans, a T-shirt and sneakers. A disembodied voice rang out.
"I'd like to welcome you ladies to the fashion portion of your weekend."
The next woman entered the runway in a housecoat and slippers with her hair in curlers. There were titters of laughter across the audience.
"Ladies, how many of us look like this when we think no one will see?" the voice continued.
"Is this how our husbands see us? If it is, no wonder the divorce rate is so high. With just a little effort on our part, look at the difference we can make in our appearance."
The next woman was still wearing jeans, however they were designer jeans and she wore a nice blouse with it. The woman wearing the housecoat and slippers was replaced by one wearing a simple yet lovely nightgown and matching robe.
And so it continued, with examples of the wrong clothes followed by examples of the right clothes.
After about 20 minutes, the lights came back up and the body of the narrator was now visible. She was, of course, impeccably dressed. Her name was Lydia and she continued her lecture on how to select the right clothes for your shape and coloring.
Belinda began to realize the clothes that the guys had picked out were the worst possible clothes that they could have chosen. It was a credit to the women that they didn't laugh her out of the house the first time they saw her. Instead, they opened their hearts and arms and embraced her. Their caring humbled her. She so wanted the approval of these women, if only for the next couple of days.
Now she began to worry. What was everyone going to say when Belinda disappeared and Blake reappeared? They hadn't thought this thing through. Somehow, Belinda was going to have to stay in touch. She was going to have to think about this. The last thing she wanted was to hurt these women or make them think 'Belinda' was ungrateful for all they had done.
As Lydia finished her lecture, the house lights dimmed again.
"To finish the fashion segment of this conference, we have arranged for a fashion show. What you are about to see are this seasons fashions followed by a preview of what is going to in vogue next season," she said. "Also, we have made arrangements with the better clothiers in the mall across the street, that if you show them your conference identification, they will extend to you a 20% discount on all your purchases this weekend."
You could hear a buzz go through the room as the discount was mentioned.
"Hey, that's great!" Jessica whispered.
"Did they do this last year?" Maria quietly asked Irene.
"No, this is new," Irene replied in a hushed voice, with a gleam in her eyes.
"I take it we are going shopping?" Belinda asked, fearing the answer.
"Of course we are. Just think of the look on your brother's face when he sees how beautiful his sister is," Stephanie answered. "I'd like to think that we can be honest with each other and sweetie, you NEED to go shopping!"
"Ladies...ladies, I know we are ALL eager to get shopping. As you leave the room, you will be handed a list of the retailers that are participating in this conference. Remember what you have learned so far and have fun!"
The buzz became a roar as all the women began talking about their proposed trips to the mall.
"We need a game plan," Maria said. "We need to make a list of all the things we want to get. That way we can shop together on the things we all want to buy and then split up for the individual stuff."
"No way!" Jessica jumped in. "Who likes shopping alone? I say we stick together so we have everyone's input on what we buy. That way we know that what we are getting makes us look the best we can."
"I like Jessica's suggestion," Belinda put in. She had learned a lot, however she there was still so much she didn't know.
"Jessica's right. Besides, we will have more fun seeing what everyone else is getting," Irene agreed.
"But when it comes to little stuff like pantyhose or underwear, we could break up into twos and threes," Stephanie added.
"I like the list idea if for no other reason that we don't forget anything. You know how it is when you're shopping, you invariably forget something," Irene stated.
"I think we ought to have an early dinner first," Maria put in. "After all, we need to build up our strength for a marathon of shopping."
Laughing all the women agreed. Belinda went along hoping they were just joking.
They weren't.
They had already been at the mall over two and a half hours. Oddly enough, Belinda was enjoying herself. As each of the women would try something on, they would come out of the dressing room and model it for the other four. The agreement had to be unanimous before it was purchased. So far, Belinda had just purchased two pantsuits. She didn't see any reason for buying anything else since she wasn't going to need it after Sunday.
They were going through some racks of dresses when Maria turned to her.
"Belinda, you must try this dress on. It would be stunning with your coloring and figure!"
"No, really, I don't ever wear dresses. Thank you, but it would be a waste of money," Belinda protested.
"But you have to have a dress for tomorrow night," Irene put in. "There's an unofficial get-together Saturday night and everyone dresses for it. It gives us a chance to show off how much we've learned. Maria's right, that dress has your name written all over it."
Belinda held the dress close to her body as the women cajoled her into the dressing room. She tried the dress on. It was as if it had been sewn especially for her. It had to be the most beautiful dress in the world. It was solid black. The front dipped down low enough to show some cleavage. The bodice fit snuggly to hint of the bounty it concealed. The slim skirt flowed modestly to just above her knees, however there was a slit up one side to expose one leg to mid thigh. Belinda loved the dress, but there was no way she was going to walk out there for everyone to see. But, oh, how she loved that dress!
"What do you suppose is taking her so long?" Jessica asked. "She has already been in there long enough to try on several dresses."
"Maybe I better check on her," Stephanie volunteered.
As she walked into the dressing area, she heard a sniffle as if someone were crying.
"Belinda, is everything all right?" Stephanie called out.
"Oh, (sniff) Stephanie...I ah..."
"Belinda, what's wrong?" Stephanie asked, standing outside the door of the cubicle Belinda was in. "Is there something wrong with the dress? We can get you another one if there is."
"No...the dress is perfect. Actually, it's the most beautiful dress I've ever seen. It's me...I can't go out and show everyone how I look."
"Well, why not? If the dress is wonderful...I don't understand?" Stephanie asked, totally confused.
"Remember I told you I didn't wear dresses because of the cold? Well, I've never in my entire life worn a dress." This at least was true. "As a result...I've never shaved my legs. I can't walk out there in this beautiful dress with legs as hairy as a m-man's." Belinda was surprised by how much she felt like crying. This was the first time since their trip began that she felt like an outsider.
"Oh, Belinda, don't cry. May I come in? I won't be put off by your legs, I promise," Stephanie vowed.
"Okay, I guess," Belinda said, reluctantly as she unlocked the door.
As Stephanie entered, she realized that the dress was indeed perfect and that Belinda stood as if she were preparing for a blow.
"Oh, honey, come here," Stephanie said as she took Belinda in a comforting embrace. "I know you don't know any of us very well yet, but I promise you we wouldn't tease you or ridicule you. Believe me, we all have been insecure about our looks at one time or another."
Belinda began to relax as Stephanie held her. It was different from the times when Stephanie had held Blake.
The two of them didn't notice that Jessica had entered the dressing room to see if there was anything she could do. She overheard the conversation and slipped back out to the others.
"Bless her heart," Irene said. "All along, we have been set on getting her fitted out without thinking about how she must be feeling about these changes. We have to be careful about overpowering her and hurting her feelings without realizing it."
"I so very glad she seems to have connected with Stephanie," Maria said. "That will help a great deal."
"Can you imagine reaching her age without ever having worn a dress? She had to have been raised as if she were a boy. I wonder what else we take for granted that she has never done. You're right, Irene, we could very easily bruise her blossoming femininity if we aren't careful."
Just then, Belinda and Stephanie came out of the dressing room. Belinda was carrying the dress over her arm.
"That dress looks so good," Stephanie began, "that we decided we would surprise you with the complete ensemble on Saturday night."
"That sounds like fun. I can hardly wait," Irene said.
"Can we help with the picking out of accessories? Jessica asked.
"Sure," Belinda said, relieved. She had been afraid that the women would demand to see her in the dress. Stephanie winked at her and smiled.
The next stop was the jewelry department because everyone knows a new outfit demands just the right accents. The only snag was Belinda didn't have pierced ears.
"Well, there's not as good a selection with clip-ons, but I'm sure we can find something," Jessica assured her. "You might think about getting your ears pierced one day."
"Well, maybe next weekend," Belinda felt safe in saying.
After that was the shoe department.
"Oh, look at these...aren't they just the bomb?" Stephanie squealed over a pair of open toed high heels.
Irene just rolled her eyes.
"The bomb...is that good?" Maria asked, grinning.
"I'm glad you asked," Belinda whispered confidentially, "because I was afraid to."
"Yes, it's good," Stephanie replied with an exaggerated sigh.
"Belinda, you will have to have a new pair of shoes to go with that new dress. Besides, a woman can never have enough shoes. That dress cries out for high heels, but unless you are used to wearing them, you might want to start with say, 1-inch heels," Jessica suggested.
Belinda found a style that she liked and that the others though would go good with the dress. This particular style was available in both 1- inch and 3-inch heels. She wanted to try the 3-inch heels because as Blake, she had always likes women in high heels and yet Jessica had a point about not being used to wearing heels. She didn't want to look like a million and then fall flat on her face.
Maria noticed the indecision on Belinda's face. "Why not get both. When we get back home you can return which ever pair you decide not to keep."
"I can't afford both pair," Belinda explained. "I didn't bring enough money with me."
"That's what this is for," Irene said, flashing her credit card. "You can pay me back whenever you can after we return. Besides, you need a pair of pumps to go with the pantsuits you bought."
"Oh, I couldn't..." Belinda started.
"Of course you can. What are friends for?" Irene said.
'Friends,' Belinda thought. She realized she had become closer to these four women than she ever had with their husbands. The though made her sad for a moment, then she shook it off. She wasn't about to waste any of the precious time she had remaining.
"You're right! Thank you, Irene," she said.
"Oh piffle, it's only money, darling. What good is it if it can't bring you pleasure occasionally."
Just across the aisle was hosiery and each of the women stocked up on nylons. Stephanie helped Belinda select several pair and then remembered the men's tube socks that Belinda had put on that morning suggested some knee-highs as well.
The last stop in the mall was a Bath and Body shop. Everyone seemed to need something different so they all split up, except for Belinda and Stephanie. They slipped across the mall to a drug store. Together they selected a razor and some shaving gel for Belinda's legs.
"Belinda, why don't you try these?" Stephanie suggested, reaching for a package. "They are temporary, press-on nails. They look real enough, however they don't last very long, usually a day or two. When we get back, I'll introduce you to the girl that does Irene and my nails."
"Okay, I'll give them a try. I have to warn you though, I've never had nails longer than these," Belinda said, holding out her hands. Her nails were very short but appeared to be well kept. "Oh, and I also need some shampoo and conditioner like Jose was talking about."
"Sure thing. Those would be over here," Stephanie replied as the pair went down a different aisle. "You know, I am so glad you came. I am having so much more fun with you here. Don't get me wrong, I love my sister and the others. It's just that you're closer to my own age."
"You don't know how glad I am that you were here," Belinda said. "It could have been so hard, with my not knowing anything about being a woman, but you never once teased me or said an unkind word about my ignorance. I want to thank you for that."
"Oh, phooey, I just treated you the same way I would have wanted to be treated. Besides, you are so easy to be nice to. Not every woman is. You could have just as easily been defensive and hard to get along with. Now we better get back before they miss us," Stephanie stated.
Then they slipped back to the Bath and Body shop.
After they left the store, Maria turned to Belinda.
"I smelled these in the store and the scent made me think of you, so clean, sweet and pure," she said as she handed a bath set containing scented bath crystals, two matching scented candles and body spray to Belinda, "so I bought them for you. I hope you will accept this as a token of our beginning friendship."
Belinda felt tears forming again. She had never cried this much when she was Blake. Blinking away the tears, she replied, "Thank you very much. I don't know what to say. Your friendship is important to me. I hope I don't ever let any of you down."
"Of course you won't," Maria said. "Hey, it's only 8:30. Why don't we go to the food court for a snack?"
"Cookies and milk was always my favorite evening snack as a kid," Stephanie confessed.
"Me too," Jessica said. "This is a pleasure weekend so why not forget our diets for one evening and the cookies and milk is on me!"
The five women sat in the middle of the food court eating cookies and drinking milk and laughing.
Belinda noticed some of the men passing by giving her the eye. She knew she looked good thanks to her make-up and new hairstyle. What bothered her about the men noticing her was the fact that she enjoyed it. She felt a sense of approval and belonging that she never felt as Blake.
Later, back at the hotel, Belinda shaved her legs. It took a lot longer than when she had shaved her face, but then she was covering a larger area. While she was at it, she shaved under her arms also. She would just make sure the guys never found out about it. That was when she realized that that was the first she had thought of the guys all day. She had thought about herself as Blake, but she hadn't thought of the men who were responsible for her being here.
The next morning, Belinda got up earlier than the day before. She wanted to see if she could do her own hair and make-up. The hair was easy. As she dried it with the blow dryer, which she had borrowed from Stephanie, the way Jose had shown her, it seemed to just fall into place. The make-up was more difficult. It took several tries and some advice from Stephanie before she was satisfied.
Next came the new pantsuit she had purchased the night before. The knee-highs and new pumps made her feel quite feminine. She finished up with some simple gold earrings and a gold chain. The girl looking back at her from the mirror was definitely an eye catcher.
Belinda was amazed at how much her confidence grew because of her new looks. She didn't realize it, but when she walked across the room, there was a confident swing in her steps. Stephanie noticed and smiled.
Downstairs in the restaurant, all five of the women were wearing new clothes and looking their best.
"Well, don't we all look grand this morning! And Belinda...I think that you look absolutely fabulous," Maria said.
"Thank you, Maria. But I couldn't have done it without all of you," Belinda explained.
"Nonsense," Irene replied. "It might have taken you longer, but you would still have bloomed eventually. We just speeded up the process a bit."
"I doubt it, however I'll give in graciously," Belinda said with a smile. "So what's on today's agenda?"
"Today we work on our inner beauty," Jessica said as she read her schedule. Our first lecture is on self-esteem."
"Boy, do I need that!" Belinda said. She figured that anything she learned in this lecture, Blake could put into use.
"Well then, let's go," Stephanie said linking her arm through Belinda's.
As the speaker approached the microphone, Belinda realized she had seen her around the hotel. She had such a bubbly, outgoing personality that you couldn't help but notice her.
"Hi everyone! Are you having a good time this weekend? I'm Carol and believe it or not, just a few years ago I was shy wallflower who could barely talk to one person let alone an auditorium full. I was so convinced that I had no worth, that I barely opened my mouth. Now my husband can't get me to shut up."
Everyone laughed as they thought about this energetic woman being shy.
"No, really, I was barely visible. My job was to blend in so well that you wouldn't see me and therefore engage me in conversation. I was so self-conscious that one-day while I was walking past a group of people in the mall they started laughing. I hurried into the restroom to see if my slip was showing or that my make-up was smudged or maybe that my hair was sticking straight up. I was that convinced that they were laughing at me. I didn't want to leave the restroom because I couldn't find what they had been laughing at and I didn't want anyone else to laugh at me.
Pretty sad, huh? Never the less, that was what I thought. It never entered my mind that someone might have just told a joke as I walked by. My self-esteem was so low I figured that everybody had to be laughing at me.
It's really quite arrogant when you think about it. In a sick, twisted way, I was so important that I had to be the center of everyone's conversations."
Belinda hung on her every word. She understood perfectly as only one who has been there can. Here was someone who was telling the world Belinda's innermost feelings.
"It all begins with an unkind word," Carol continued. "Maybe from a friend or parent, but from someone you trust. In a fit of anger, they say you are no good, or you're fat, or you're stupid or any of a thousand crippling phrases. Once they cool off, they forget all of what they had said. You on the other hand, think they must be right because you trust them and you begin to repeat the words to yourself. Maybe I am no good. Maybe I am fat. Maybe I am stupid. You repeat it over and over until you begin to believe it. This is called negative self-talk and it is so very powerful. Next you're telling yourself I can't do this or I couldn't possibly do that and you know what? You can't! It's a case of self-fulfilling prophecy.
But you can break the cycle. It takes time. The longer you have been telling yourself negative things, the harder it is to break out of that pattern. Maybe you did things you don't want anyone to know about because you are ashamed. You need to draw a line in the sand and step across. Leave all that old baggage on the other side. Begin positive self talk. I AM good. I CAN do it. I AM smart. Surround yourself with people who encourage you rather than belittle you. Soon you will find yourself stepping out and doing things you never thought you would have the courage to do."
Carol continued to talk for almost an hour. Belinda felt her heart swell with hope that she might overcome her insecurities. Every word Carol spoke seemed a pearl of wisdom that Belinda tucked away to look at more closely at a later time.
"Wow!" Stephanie exclaimed as the thunderous applause for Carol died down. "Wasn't she something!"
"I feel so...so...I don't know...I guess charged is what I'm trying to say," Belinda stammered.
"I know one thing," Jessica said, "she is one hell of a motivational speaker."
"Isn't she though," Irene said. "She spoke at the conference last year and from what I understand, everyone who wanted this to become an annual event, also wanted her to come back."
"Well, I can certainly see why. So what's next?" Maria asked.
"Next on the agenda is Time Management," Irene said.
"Boy, do I ever need that!" Maria said, with a laugh. "Chet says I'm never on time for anything."
"Then you'll get a lot out of this speaker," Belinda said, reading her agenda. "I've read some of her books and what she says makes a lot of sense. I've used just a few of her suggestions and they have really helped me out a great deal."
"Cool, let's get good seats then," Maria said as she led the women towards the next lecture.
Belinda didn't pay very much attention to the speaker. Not only had she read some of her books, but also when she was in college, she had taken a time management course from her at the university. It really had helped her to organize her lifestyle. Belinda had a lot of thinking to do.
'Boy, that self-esteem lecture was enlightening,' Belinda thought. 'I know that Blake will be able to use every bit of that. Maybe he can turn things around. Might as well start now. I am good. I have beautiful legs...no wait...this is for Blake. I have a great personality. I am smart. I have gorgeous hair. I am beautiful. Damn, that's Belinda not Blake. I am good at what I do. I have beautiful breasts. My height is perfect now. I feel good about myself. I am happier now than I have ever been before.'
Belinda paused as she realized what she had just thought.
'Why am I happier as Belinda?' her thoughts continued. 'I'm friends with the women as Belinda, whereas Blake was friends with the guys. So what has changed? Blake never felt as connected with the guys as I do with the women. He was always afraid of doing the wrong thing and being ostracized by the men. On the other hand, I did everything wrong as Belinda and the women embraced me and helped me to correct my flaws. I can't see Glen, Jerry and Chet doing that for Blake. They would laugh at him. So much for surrounding myself with positive people.'
Belinda was surprised by that revelation. She continued to dwell on these thoughts throughout the entire lecture. When it was finished, the ladies strolled over to the restaurant for lunch.
"Now I know what I was doing wrong. Boy, won't Chet be surprised the next time we go out because I will be ready on time," Maria said laughing.
"He won't know what to think. It will blow his mind," Jessica said.
"Honey, it doesn't take much to blow Chet's mind," Maria said with a wink.
Belinda decided to put off what she had been thinking and enjoy what time she had left with the women.
"So what's next for the day?" Stephanie asked. "I left my agenda in the room."
"Financial management, yuck! Sounds boring," Jessica said.
"I know, we have a financial manager who does that for us," Irene said.
"We use the same guy," Maria added.
"I don't have any finances to manage," Belinda said with a giggle.
"Me either," Stephanie replied.
"In that case, why don't we blow off the rest of this afternoon," Irene suggested.
"And do what?" Belinda asked.
"I know, why don't we get all dressed up in our new dresses and go out for a really nice dinner and then maybe a nice club to listen to some music," Maria suggested.
"That sounds like a blast. It's been a while since we've done a ladies night out," Irene said.
Belinda sat quietly, listening to the women discuss dressing up and going out. She thought she should be protesting the whole idea, however part of her wanted to dress-up at least once before she changed back. To be honest, she wanted to experience the whole gamut of being a woman before she had to return to being a man but she knew it wasn't possible.
"Great then! We retire to our rooms for baths and naps and we meet at 6:00 PM in the lobby. I'll find a good place to go to from the concierge and then everyone watch out! We are going to paint this town red!" Maria said.
Belinda went up to their hotel room with a light heart. She was looking forward to dressing up and doing the town. She refused to think about being Blake. Tonight, she was Belinda. She was going to participate in the evening's activities and store up all the memories she could.
She was too excited to sleep, so while Stephanie was taking a short nap, Belinda pampered herself with a long bath. She wanted to experience as much as she could before she changed back. So she took out the two candles from the bath set Maria had given her. She had heard about women taking a bath by candle light, but could never understand why they did it. Now she was going to experience it firsthand.
She filled the tub and added some of the crystals that Maria had given her. When they hit the water, a light citrus fragrance filled the bathroom. She checked her duffel for a box of matches. Ever since she had been in the Boy Scouts, she had carried matches. It was a habit she got into and it even paid off on a time of two. She lit the two candles and placed one at each corner of the tub near where her head would go. Then turning off the light, she slipped into the water.
She couldn't believe how sensual the candles made the bath. It felt almost sinful. The flickering light from the candles bathed her body in a warm glow. She spilled the warm, fragrant water over her breasts and as it rolled off and the cool air touched them, her nipples hardened and a shaft of desire pierced her very center. She splashed the water again and felt the sensations again. Without thinking, her hand slipped lower.
A few minutes later, Belinda shuddered through her first climax as a female. She bit her lower lip to prevent any cries of delight from escaping into the next room and waking Stephanie. Her limbs felt boneless as they floated in the warm water.
'Oh, wow,' she thought. 'I never realized what a woman felt when she came. I wonder if it's different when it's with a man. Hell, I don't even know if it's different for a man with a woman. But this WAS different. I felt this throughout my entire body. I don't even know if my legs would support me right now.'
Belinda continued to lie in the cooling water as her breathing returned to normal. She felt as if something inside her had shifted and she would never be the same again. As she drained the now cold water from the tub, she pushed her thoughts away.
'Plenty of time to think about it when I'm Blake again,' she thought.
As she was drying her hair, Stephanie awoke.
"That was a good nap. I won't get tired too early tonight," she said, as she took her turn in the bathroom.
Belinda stared at herself in the mirror. She was wearing her underwear and pantyhose. She sprayed on some of the cologne Maria had given her. Her next task was her make-up. She wanted to look her very best tonight. But first, while Stephanie was in the bathroom, Belinda pulled out the 3-inch heels. She put them on and walked across the bedroom floor several times. She stumbled three times and almost hit the floor a fourth. She was about to give up when she caught a glimpse of herself in the mirror. The heels made her legs look incredibly long and sexy. With determination, she continued back and forth across the floor.
Stephanie came out of the bathroom as Belinda was practicing. She could see the look of determination on Belinda's face.
"One thing heels do is straighten your back," Stephanie said. "So stand up tall and don't lean into your walk. Keep your shoulders straight and your head up. Don't be afraid to let your hips roll as you walk. Most of all, walk slowly. Make the world wait for you because you're worth it!"
Belinda followed the instructions and found it was quite a bit easier. After a couple of turns around the room without a mishap, she smiled.
"Thanks, Stephanie. I really wanted to wear these, but not if I looked clumsy in them."
"Are you sure? You're not used to wearing heels and your feet are going to kill you before the evening is over. Are you sure you don't want to try the 1-inch heels?"
"All my life I have wanted to be taller. I love the feeling the heels give me. I want to try them," Belinda explained.
"Okay, but don't say I didn't warn you. Now, let's get our make-up done."
"Since we are going out, could you show me how to 'dress-up' my make-up the way Louise suggested?" Belinda asked.
"I would love to. This is going to be so much fun!" Stephanie giggled.
The two women laughed and carried on as they finished getting ready for their evening out. Belinda put on the gold earrings and necklace that she had purchased to go with the dress. Then she clasped a fine gold chain around her ankle. She was surprised at the sexy feelings the golden links gave her.
Finally, just before going out, Belinda looked at herself in the full length mirror. She couldn't believe that the woman who looked back at her was the same woman that stepped out of Jerry's scanner. That woman was insecure, only passably attractive and hardly worth a second glance.
The woman in the mirror was self-assured, sexy, gorgeous, in short, a woman that everyone would notice and want to get to know. Stephanie had to pull her away from the mirror.
"Come on. Let's see if you can mesmerize the general population the same way you seem to have mesmerized yourself," she said as she led Belinda to the door.
The two of them met the other women downstairs in the lobby.
"Wow, Belinda! Look at you!" Maria exclaimed. "No one is even going to notice us once they get a look at you!"
"Darling, you look stunning!" Irene stated.
"You don't even look like the same person we met, what, three days ago," Jessica said.
"Isn't she something else?" Stephanie boasted, proud as a mother hen.
Belinda started blushing. She wasn't used to compliments.
"Aw, come on. You more than anyone should realize that it's just smoke and mirrors," Belinda said.
"Nonsense, dear girl! You know the old saying, 'You can't turn a sow's ear into a silk purse'? Well it's true. All the make-up and hairstyle did was enhance the beauty you had hidden. I think you were always beautiful, you just had it camouflaged," Jessica said, emphatically.
"I told them that first morning that you were a looker while you were in the bathroom, didn't I?" Maria questioned.
"She did at that," Irene acknowledged. "Now, let's go have some fun."
The ladies took a taxi across town to the restaurant the concierge had recommended. He had said that the food was first class and there was a club with dancing next door. The club was upscale so the women didn't need to worry about running into any trouble.
The meal was delicious. The women chatted throughout the meal about the conference and how it was going. All remarked at one time or another about how different Belinda looked and how ravishing she was in that dress. They all noticed how the men kept looking over towards Belinda.
Belinda wasn't sure how she felt about all the admiring glances. A part of her said that since she wasn't really a woman that the looks should be bothering her. The truth was, she was enjoying it. It gave her a warm feeling inside to know she was being admired.
After the meal, they went next door to the club for drinks and music. It was fairly early in the evening and as a result, there was a table available on the edge of the dance floor. The music was loud and upbeat.
"I just love watching people dance," Irene said, after ordering white wine for the table. "Nowadays, everyone dances differently. Some people get out there and barely shuffle their feet, while others practically take up the entire floor with their gyrations."
"I've never been dancing," Belinda said loudly, so as to be heard over the music. "And yet I love music."
"I started dancing in my bedroom in front of the mirror so I could see where I needed to improve," Stephanie confessed.
"You too? That's all I've ever done, but I never had the guts to dance in public. I was always afraid everyone would laugh," Belinda admitted.
"Nonsense. Just watch the various styles and you'll realize that everyone is different. No one would laugh because there is no one set way to dance," Jessica said.
"I felt that way till the first time Chet and I went dancing. Believe me, if no one laughed at Chet's dancing, they won't laugh at yours."
"I remember watching Chet dance one New Year's Eve. He really enjoyed the music and you could tell it by his dancing," Jessica said.
About that time, a nice looking man approached Belinda."
"Would you care to dance?" he asked.
Belinda was surprised that anyone would ask her to dance. She just hadn't thought of the possibility.
"We have only just arrived," Irene said. "Give us a little time to relax and get into the music. You might check back later."
"Thank you, I will," he said with another glance at Belinda. "Ladies," he added with a nod of his head.
"Oh, he's a polite one," Maria said. "you don't see too many of those, now a days."
"Why did you say that?" Belinda asked. "Now, he's probably going to come back!"
"If he does, then he does," Irene answered airily. "Here, have some more wine."
Belinda had never been much of a wine drinker. Blake always drank beer with the guys. She did like the dry flavor of the wine though and she let Irene fill her glass from the bottle they had ordered.
Several other men came to the table and asked Belinda to dance and Irene told them all to check back later.
Belinda continued to watch the different dancers while sipping her wine. She didn't realize that the glass never seemed to get empty.
Irene arose to go to the restroom and Maria went with her. Once they were inside, Maria turned to Irene.
"What are you trying to do, get her drunk?" Maria asked, obviously perturbed.
"No, of course not!" Irene answered indignantly. "All I want to do is lower her inhibitions a bit. I did the same thing with Stephanie the first time she went out dancing. This way, she will get over the hump of her first dance and with us watching out for her, no one can take advantage of her. Stephanie just loves to go dancing, although she hasn't been since she started dating Blake. Apparently, he doesn't dance."
"Well, since you put it that way, I guess it's okay. I'm sorry I didn't trust your judgement," Maria apologized.
"Hey, it's okay. There's something about her that makes a person feel protective towards her. You usually don't see innocence like that in a woman her age. Now, let's take care of business and get back out there," Irene said.
Belinda was enjoying the music. Her toes were tapping along with the rhythm of the music. She could feel the beat throughout her body. She slowly realized that she hoped someone would ask her to dance again. It had been about 20 minutes since the last guy asked. Now was the time since Irene was in the bathroom and couldn't chase them off. She had thought about it and it seemed that the longer she dwelled upon it, the fewer reasons she could come up with as to why she shouldn't dance with a man. Hadn't she decided to experience everything she could before she had to change back?
About that time, the first guy that had approached Belinda returned.
"Hi, my name is Ethan. Do you feel like dancing yet?"
"I'm Belinda, and yes I do. I have to warn you though, I've never danced with anyone before."
"I'm sure you will do fine," Ethan said.
As the two of them walked towards an open spot on the dance floor, Irene and Maria came back from the restrooms.
"Well, it worked," Stephanie told her sister.
"What worked?" Irene asked innocently.
"Oh, come on now. You think I didn't realize that you were doing the same thing for Belinda that you did for me?" Stephanie asked.
"I didn't realize that you understood what I had done," Irene replied.
"Oh, not that night I didn't. The next afternoon I did, though. I never told you how grateful I was either."
"Oh pooh! I didn't do anything for you except give you room to make the decision without all the doubts clouding your mind," Irene said. "She seems to be doing alright," indicating Belinda, dancing away.
Belinda was more than alright. She felt as if she were being carried away by the music. Belinda's moves on the dance floor were modest compared to some of the more flamboyant moves of some other dancers. However, the slower moves had an innate sensuality to them. More than one man turned to watch Belinda dance.
At the end of the dance, Ethan escorted Belinda back to her table.
"I hope you will dance with me again before the night is over," he said.
"Thank you for the dance and it would be my pleasure," Belinda replied as she sat down.
Ethan again nodded to the rest of the women then he turned and disappeared into the crowded dance floor.
Belinda turned to get a sip of her wine and noticed her glass was gone and a tumbler of carbonated clear liquid with a lemon twist stood in its place.
"What's this?" she asked, lifting the glass.
"Darling, you looked like you were getting thirsty while you were dancing and wine should never be used to quench a thirst, so I ordered you a club soda with a lemon twist," Irene said.
"Oh, thank you! I am indeed thirsty," Belinda said and then took a long drink. "Ahh, that's perfect."
Irene looked over at Stephanie and winked.
Belinda danced several dances over the next hour. She felt totally alive! Never could she remember a time when she had had so much fun. A young man came and asked Stephanie to dance.
"Sorry, I can't," she replied.
"Why not?" Belinda asked.
"Because I'm seeing Blake and it wouldn't be right," Stephanie explained.
"I'm sure it wouldn't bother Blake if you enjoyed yourself and danced. Why, I bet he has never taken you dancing," Belinda said, knowing full well that he never had.
"Oh, do you think so? I do love to dance," Stephanie said wistfully.
"I sure he would be more upset knowing you denied yourself the simple pleasure of dancing just because of him," Belinda insisted.
"Okay, I will," Stephanie said. And just a few minutes later, she did.
Belinda was just beginning to catch her breath from her last dance when Ethan came over again. She enjoyed Ethan's company. He was just under six foot and was pleasant looking, but that wasn't it. He treated her like a lady. He didn't try to cop a feel or make sexual suggestions like some of the others did. A quick trampling of their toes took care of them. He just enjoyed dancing, especially with a beautiful woman.
"Feel up to another go round?" Ethan asked.
"I would love to," Belinda answered.
Ethan led the way to the dance floor. When he turned back to her, he found that he was several paces ahead of her. Belinda had kept in mind about what Stephanie had said about walking slowly. Ethan stood and watched as she approached him, with her slow walk and rolling hips. His smile grew with each step she took. Just as she reached him, the next song began.
"Oh no, it's a slow song. I've never danced with anyone to a slow song before. I think we should sit this one out," Belinda said, quickly.
"Relax, there's nothing to it. Trust me, we'll take it easy. Just put your arms around my neck and listen to the music and move. That's all there is to it," Ethan explained.
"Okay," Belinda replied, hesitantly. "But if I step on your toes, don't say I didn't warn you."
She stepped forward and placed her arms around his neck. He gently rested his hands on her waist and took a step towards her.
"Rest your head on my shoulder," he whispered into her ear.
Belinda did as he had suggested and moved in closer. Together they began to sway to the music, gently at first. As he felt Belinda begin to relax, he led her across the floor.
Belinda couldn't believe the incredible sensations coursing through her. As she relaxed against Ethan, her arms dropped to around his shoulders. Her breasts were pressed against his chest. His hands moved up to her back in a gently caressing motion.
Belinda began to feel the return of some of the feelings she had experienced in the bathtub. She realized she was becoming aroused by a man and yet it didn't alarm her. She liked what she was feeling. At one point, as she brushed against Ethan, she realized that he was just as affected as she was.
"Is there any chance this might be more than just a dance?" Ethan whispered as they glided across the floor.
"No, I'm sorry. We are from out of town and my friends..." Belinda stopped when she realized that she wanted to say yes.
"Shhh. This is enough. I won't pressure you," Ethan soothed and then placed a chaste kiss to her temple.
They continued to dance to the slow music. In spite of the fact that both knew it would go no further, they drew closer together and Ethan slowly caressed the back of Belinda's neck. It was as if both of them were trying to put as much into this one dance since there would be no continuing with a relationship.
When the song ended, they were on the far side of the dance floor. Ethan leaned down and lightly kissed Belinda on the lips. Her lips parted in surprise as she drew a quick breath. Ethan looked as if he were about to take the advantage and kiss her again, but restrained himself.
"Do you mind if I don't walk you back to your table? I would hate for your friends to see my obvious lack of self-control," he said glancing down.
Belinda could see what he meant. His state of arousal was rather noticeable.
"No, I don't mind. Ethan, thank you for a wonderful dance. I doubt I will ever forget it," Belinda said.
"Nor will I. Now, you better get back to your table before your friends start to come looking for you," he said as he placed a small kiss on her forehead.
Belinda turned and went back to the table. She felt as if she were floating. That dance had let her know that what she had felt in the bathtub was just the tip of the iceberg. The floating stopped and she came back to earth as she realized that she would never know the whole experience.
"What happened to Ethan?" Jessica asked as Belinda approached the table.
"He had to go to the restroom," Belinda improvised. She sat down and reached over and took a drink of Stephanie's wine.
Belinda and Stephanie continued to dance. Belinda danced with Ethan a few more times. Unfortunately, none of them were slow, which the more she thought about it, was probably a good thing. Before she had a chance to realize it, the evening was over.
As the two girls entered their hotel room, Belinda realized her time with the women was growing short. She was completely surprised at how much this thought hurt.
"Boy, I had such a good time tonight!" Stephanie said, beaming. "It's been a while since I had been dancing and I didn't realize how much I missed it. Belinda? What's wrong? You look so sad all of a sudden."
"I have never been so happy in my life," Belinda said and then burst into tears.
Stephanie took the sobbing girl into her arms and led her to the bed.
"Oh honey, what's wrong? Did you have too much of a good time and it's all catching up with you?" Stephanie asked, concerned.
"It's just that I will probably never be this happy again," Belinda stated.
Stephanie was surprised at the certainty in Belinda's voice.
"Surely, you can't believe that!" Stephanie exclaimed.
"I will find contentment, I hope, but I doubt I will ever be truly happy after this weekend," Belinda stated.
"But why would you ever believe that?" Stephanie asked, appalled.
"I c-can't tell you. I d-don't want you to h-hate me," Belinda sobbed as she broke down.
"Oh sweetie, you can tell me anything. I couldn't hate you. Trust me, you'll feel better if you talk about it," Stephanie encouraged.
Maybe it was the wine or maybe it was the fact that things were never going to be the same no matter what. It didn't matter. Belinda felt she couldn't keep the secret any longer.
"When I was young I was so lonely. As a result, I fell into the wrong crowd. I would have done anything just to keep what I thought were my friends. Fortunately, I realized that they weren't really my friends before I did anything I would regret for the rest of my life. Instead, I plunged into my studies and continued to be a loner. I got a good job in the field I had studied for. I made some friends at work and when they asked me to do something, of course I felt I had to do it. I was afraid if I didn't go along with their plans that they wouldn't be my friends anymore. Even though they called me a friend, I still felt so insecure and alone."
Stephanie listened to Belinda's story. Some of it didn't seem to fit with what she knew about Belinda's past, it sounded more like Blake's past, Yet she didn't interrupt or ask any questions. It was obvious that something was really upsetting Belinda, so Stephanie decided to let her tell her story at her own pace.
"They invited me to their homes to meet their spouses and there were get-togethers on the weekends. I was finally being accepted and I couldn't do anything that would jeopardize that," Belinda continued. "Then one day, they asked me to masquerade as someone I wasn't to get some information for them. I didn't want to...but I was afraid of the loneliness. I did it and I found some true friends. They will probably never have anything to do with me once the truth comes out and I will go back to being alone again."
"What is the truth?" Stephanie asked when Belinda stopped talking.
"I'm really Blake. The guys wanted to know what was going on this weekend and they used Jerry's recent discovery to turn me into a woman. How was I supposed to know that I would be happier as a woman? That I would feel closer to the wives than I ever did to the husbands. And knowing this, it's hurting me that I have to go back to being the way I was."
Stephanie just sat there with her mouth open. In her wildest dreams she never imagined the tale Belinda had just told her.
"But...I mean...Blake?" Stephanie stammered.
"Yes," Belinda answered, heavily.
"No...this is just too much to believe. Such a thing is just not possible!" Stephanie denied. "What kind of machine could do that?"
"Jerry accidentally discovered a way to alter a man at the DNA level while trying to design a machine that would do a variety of medical scans," Belinda explained.
"Okay, if you're Blake, where were we the first time we made love?" Stephanie asked.
"I've never made love to you, Stephanie. I've never made love to any woman. However, the first time I held your hand was when I was helping you step over a broken step on the bleachers at the football stadium. We weren't supposed to be there, but you had seen this scene in an old movie and wanted to have a picnic on the 50-yard line. Once you were over the step, we just continued to hold hands. The first time I kissed you was when I took you home after the date where the waiter spilled the spaghetti in my lap. I figured that since the night was already a disaster, if you slapped me, it would fit right in. As it was, I consider it one of our best dates.
"Oh my God...It is you." The two of them sat there for a few minutes as the news soaked in.
"Those uncaring bastards! How could they do that to you?" Once Stephanie had accepted what Belinda told her, it all made perfect sense.
Belinda felt a stirring of hope when she realized that Stephanie was cursing the others and not him. She let Stephanie rant and rave until she had expended her anger.
"Ok, sorry about that, but damn that infuriates me that they would pull such a stupid stunt and expect to get away with it. Back to you. If you are happier now, then why can't you stay the way you are?" Stephanie asked.
"If I stayed the way I am and showed up for work this way on Monday, all four of us would probably lose our jobs. As much as my work means to me, I couldn't do that to Irene, Jessica and Maria. You four are my closest friends. I can't...no, I won't do anything that would cause any of you hardship. That means I have to go back to being Blake tomorrow n-night."
Belinda broke down and started sobbing again at that thought.
"Let's tell the others and maybe we can figure a way out for you," Stephanie suggested.
"No! I mean, I would have told you eventually because Blake will never be the same and you have a right to know why. But, the others, I don't want to run the risk of losing what little Blake had before with them. I can't lose those friendships even though it is a pale shadow of what I have experienced this weekend."
Stephanie helped Belinda undress and get into bed. In a short amount of time, she was asleep from either the wine or the crying or probably both. Stephanie tossed and turned long into the night, her thoughts in turmoil.
'Why aren't I mad at Blake...er...Belinda?' she thought. 'Even now, when I know she's really a he, I don't regret having undressed in front of her, I mean him. God, this is so confusing! There has to be a way to let Belinda stay as Belinda. She is so unhappy. I knew there was something wrong with Blake the last two weeks! I wish Belinda would tell the others...'
The next morning, both women were red eyed from the previous evening, Belinda from crying and Stephanie from lack of sleep. Stephanie showed Belinda how to use concealer to help hide her swollen eyes. When they met the other women for breakfast, Belinda put on a smile and pretended that nothing was wrong. For her sake, Stephanie did the same.
They chatted through breakfast and afterwards, Stephanie excused herself to go to the restroom. When she emerged from the stall, Irene was waiting for her.
"What's wrong?" she demanded.
"What makes you think something's wrong? Stephanie replied, forcing a smile.
"You're my sister. I've known you all your life. I know when something major is bothering you. Besides, both you and Belinda have enough concealer on to paint this bathroom, now give!" Irene demanded.
Stephanie sighed a heavy sigh. "It's not for me to tell. This is going to have to come from Belinda."
"It's big isn't it?" Irene asked, gently.
"Oh yea," Stephanie said with a shaky laugh. "It's big alright."
"Is it too big to fix?"
Stephanie looked at her sister. "It just might be and that's what I'm afraid of." With that cryptic remark Stephanie left Irene standing in the bathroom.
When Irene came out of the bathroom Belinda asked her, "What is this morning's lecture about?"
"It's on Sexuality and the Modern Woman. Then it is followed up by a conference wrap-up," she answered. "Are we ready to wrap this conference up?"
Irene was surprised by the quick flash of pain in Belinda's eyes, but she respected what Stephanie had told her and didn't say anything.
The room was set up in an almost banquet style. Instead of the rows chairs set in auditorium seating, there were large round tables that we set with 10 chairs each. The women went to an empty table further back than they normally sat so they would all be facing, more or less, the speaker platform.
The speaker was a pleasant looking woman who seemed to glow with an inner beauty that had nothing to do with make-up.
"Good morning. I'm Judith Anderson. This morning I want to talk to you about Sexuality and the Modern Woman. In today's world, sexual freedom is more or less taken for granted. Gone are the days when babies were born in cabbage patches because it was taboo to talk about sex. Now everybody talks about sex.
But do we really have the freedom we think we do? Even now, some women feel ashamed of their sexuality, that it is wrong to get turned on or to have an orgasm. A lot of women are ashamed to tell their partners what does and more importantly, does NOT feel good.
Our sexual feelings and urges are God-given and you have a right to enjoy what you've been given. If you have a sexual relationship with someone you care for and who I hope cares for you, then you should not be afraid to try different things. If you don't like something, tell your partner. You cannot enjoy yourself fully if you are doing something you don't enjoy."
As Belinda listened, she thought about those women that the speaker was referring to.
'I would give anything to be able to experience just once, what these women take for granted,' she thought. 'I would love to have the opportunity to be able to say, I like this or I don't like that. These women are so lucky and I bet most of them don't even realize it!'
While she was lost in thought, Judith had finished and the applause brought Belinda back from her thoughts.
"Now for something new. Those of us who planned this event want to know what each of you thought and want your suggestions as to how to improve things next year. So we have divided you up into tables of 9 with the 10th person being one of the people who have helped put on this conference.
What we would like to see happen is that each one of you tell what you got out of this experience and what went wrong or right, and how we could make it better. Try to be considerate of the table next to you and keep your noise level low. When you have all had your say, the conference is over. We have enjoyed having you're here this year and I hope we will see you next year."
The room erupted into a buzz of voices as everyone began commenting on the most recent turn of events.
"Hi, I'm Janice. I'm on the planning committee for the next conference and I'm going to be the moderator for this table. Now, what have you learned this weekend?" she asked the person sitting on her left.
Belinda gave a sigh of relief because she was sitting to Janice's immediate right. She listened to what the other women had to say and thought about her own response.
"I found a new best friend," Stephanie said, when it was her turn. "and watching her discover her true beauty has made me appreciate what being a woman is all about. And she has helped me to realize just how wonderful it is to be a woman. I hope to be her best friend for a very long time."
Belinda smiled her thanks to Stephanie.
The others had their say and then it was Belinda's turn.
"These last three days have meant more to me than at any other time in my life that I can recall. I have found four special friends whom I have come to love. I have learned what it is like to truly be yourself and not being afraid of what strangers might think. I have found that I love being a woman and I will cherish the memory of this weekend for a very long time."
As she spoke, Belinda felt herself tearing up. As she looked across the table, she noticed Stephanie subtly wiping a tear from her eye. Irene, Jessica and Maria looked from one woman to another. Each had sensed that something had changed between the two women, yet knew this wasn't the place or time to discuss it.
"I want to thank all of you for joining us this weekend. I have watched some of you bloom over the last few days and that makes the work we have done here worthwhile. I hope you have a safe trip home."
The next 30 minutes everyone was busy getting their luggage and checking out. Soon, they were in the van and on their way home. Belinda sat quietly, unable to pretend it didn't matter anymore that they were going home. Soon Belinda would be gone and Blake would have to face living in a world in which he knew he would never truly fit.
All the women were more quiet than normal. They knew something was bothering Belinda and Stephanie but didn't know how to approach it. After they had been on the road about 25 minutes, Irene decided to take the bull by the horns.
"Okay, I'm tired of stepping over the dead elephant in the middle of the room!" she announced.
Everyone looked at her as if she had just spoken in a foreign tongue.
"There is a dead elephant in the middle of the room and even though everyone steps around it and doesn't talk about it, that doesn't make it go away. It's still there!" she explained, heatedly. "So who wants to say what's going on?"
Maria had been noticing signs announcing a rest stop ahead. When Irene made her announcement, she exited into it and pulled into a parking space.
Stephanie placed her hand on Belinda's knee.
"Trust us," she whispered.
All Belinda had to do was keep quiet for the rest of the ride home and then Belinda would be gone and no one except Stephanie would know where she went. Could she dare hope that if she told these women the whole story that they would still respect her? She could handle being a man if these four women still respected her. A single tear rolled down her cheek.
Slowly, she began to talk. She explained about her youth, about growing up alone and how it had affected her. As she told about the events leading up to this weekend, she kept her head low. She didn't think she could bear to see the disdain in their eyes.
Stephanie had scooted closer to Belinda and had put her arm around Belinda's shoulders in a show of support. As the unbelievable story unfolded, Stephanie met the eyes of her friends and nodded her confirmation. When Belinda finished speaking, there was silence in the van.
Suddenly, Maria opened the door and stepped out of the van. She walked over to the sidewalk, looked to the heavens and screamed. Belinda cringed, knowing her worst fears were about to be realized.
"Maria!" Irene snapped, as she also got out of the van. "What are you doing?"
Maria paused in her screaming. "I'm Italian! I talk with my hands and when I'm very angry I SCREAM!
"How could that stupid asshole do something like this? That SON-OF- A-BITCH!" Maria continued screaming.
Maria then turned and got back into the van.
"Sorry about that. My therapist says that I need to do a primal scream to clear my anger so that it won't cloud my thinking, and this is definitely a need for clear thinking if I ever saw one. Damn that man!" she exclaimed.
Belinda finally understood that Maria's anger wasn't directed towards her. The other women asked her questions until, like Stephanie, they believed her story.
"Okay, tell us the reasons you think you can't stay the way you are right now," Jessica asked. They had been at the rest stop for almost 45 minutes while Belinda convinced first Irene and , finally, Jessica.
"Okay, but I don't see what good it will do," Belinda answered. "But first off, Maria, you believed me right away without my having to convince you. Why?"
"Because Stephanie obviously believed you and because this is a typical stunt for that asshole husband of mine. If Chet was involved, it had to be true."
Belinda smiled for the first time that day.
"I'll accept that. Now for the reasons...number one, if I don't change back, your husbands will probably lose their jobs for unauthorized experimentation. I have come to care very deeply for each one of you and I won't do anything that could harm you.
Second, my job is very important to me. I decided to go into this type of research because my mother died of a heart attack two weeks after she had a physical and was pronounced fit. The type of work I do is in an effort to try to see that something like that doesn't happen again. Jerry's machine has the potential to do just that!
Third, if I stay a woman, I will have no identity, no proof of schooling, no birth certificate or social security number. Unfortunately, in this day and age, everybody is a number and you can't legally exist without one. I'm sure there are lots of smaller issues to be faced as well: where to live, clothes, the works. I just don't see how it's realistically feasible."
"Okay, first of all, when and where were you to meet our husbands in order to change back?" Jessica asked.
"We are to meet in Jerry's office at 8:30 this evening. They are going to be over at Blake's...er...my apartment playing poker until then," Belinda answered. "They will change me back and then they expect to talk until at least 11:00 while I am supposed to fill them in on everything that we did this weekend."
"Okay, Maria, let's hit the road. We have a lot to discuss and aways to travel," Irene ordered.
"Aye-aye, Captain," Maria responded with a grin. She started the van and got back on the highway.
The five women talked and argued and then talked some more. By the time they reached home, they had a plan of action in place. Maria pulled into Jessica's drive way and all of the women went into the house. Belinda had been swept along and was now beginning to think that the plan they had concocted just might work.
Chet stepped out into the hall. They had just finished a hand and he wanted to see if Blake had made it back yet. He was just about to go back into Jerry's office when he heard a door close somewhere on the other corridor. He stuck his head back inside.
"Deal me out of the next hand, guys. I have to go to the bathroom."
He stepped back into the hall and proceeded to where he thought he heard the door close. Just as he was about to turn a second corner, he heard footsteps behind him.
Turning, he saw a beautiful woman in a black dress walking slowly towards him. He had never seen her around here before and he wondered if she was lost and looking for help.
He stood where he was so he could watch her walk to him. Her hips swung gently from side to side as she walked. He would occasionally catch a glimpse of her thigh as the slit in her dress opened.
'If she's not a super-model, she should be,' he thought.
She stopped just a few steps away from him. Chet had started breathing heavily after just a few short moments of watching her walk. When she stopped, she looked up at him with slumberous eyes. After a moment, she licked her lips, making them glisten in the overhead lighting.
Chet thought his heart was going to explode.
"Hi Chet," Belinda said in a low voice.
"Hello. Do I know you?" Chet asked. Surely if he knew someone this beautiful he wouldn't forget he thought.
Belinda smiled. "We had a date tonight, remember?"
Chet's mouth dropped open. "Blake?" he whispered in astonishment. At her nod he continued. "My God! What did they do to you?"
"Go get the others and meet me in the break room and I'll see that you know everything," Belinda promised. She turned and walked down the hall towards the break room.
Chet stood admiring the way her rear end swung from side to side. Then he realized...'This is Blake!" he thought, pulling himself up short. 'I'm lusting after a man!'
Chet turned and ran back to Jerry's office.
"Oh my God...they turned Blake into a real woman!" Chet exclaimed as he burst into Jerry's office.
"What are you talking about? We were the ones who changed Blake into a woman. Is he back?" Jerry asked, thinking Chet was losing it.
"No...I mean yes, he's back, but no, we changed him into a woman, but 'they' changed him into a 'Woman'!" Chet tried to explain. Even though he had stressed 'Woman', he realized the others didn't understand. "You have to see! It's Blake, but it's not Blake."
"You losing it, Chet," Glen said. "How can Blake not be Blake?"
"He's in the break room. You have to go see. Then you'll understand. Come on!" Chet was almost incoherent so the others decided to go check out the break room.
As they entered the doorway, the only thing they noticed was a beautiful woman sitting on one of the tables. Her legs were crossed at the knees and her dress had fallen open along her thigh. She had her hands braced on the table behind her which had the effect of showing off her bosom. She turned her head to face the three men. Her hair fell sexily across her shoulders.
"Hi guys, I'm back," she said.
"B-blake?" Jerry asked.
"Who else would it be? We were supposed to meet here weren't we?"
"Ah...yes! Of course we were. It's just that you look so different," Glen said.
"We need to get you changed back right away," Jerry interrupted. "The sooner you're back to your old self, the better."
"Well, that's the problem," Belinda said. "I don't want to change back."
"Could this be a side effect?" Glen asked Jerry, ignoring Belinda.
"I said I don't want to change back. I want to stay a woman," Belinda repeated.
"Of course not. We can't let you remain a woman," Glen explained.
"And why not?" a female voice asked from behind the men.
The three men spun around and found, to their shock and dismay, their wives. They had been sitting against the wall, watching the entire exchange. The men had so fixated upon Belinda that they had never even noticed that there was anyone else in the room.
Belinda got up from the table and went and sat down amidst the women.
"I asked you why can't Belinda remain a woman?" Irene repeated, calmly.
"Because he's a guy!" Chet answered, emphatically.
"No...thanks to your machine, Jerry, she's as much a woman as I am," Jessica said.
"But he can't stay as a woman," Jerry said. "There would be too many complications."
"I think you all should sit down and get ready to listen," Maria said, indicating three chairs at the end of the room.
"Not now, we have to get Blake back," Chet argued.
"I said SIT DOWN!" Maria took a few moments to steady her breathing while the men took their seats.
Stephanie sat holding hands with Belinda. They had agreed that the wives would handle their husbands while she provided Belinda with moral support.
"Now," Maria began, pacing in front of the men, "you have messed around doing things you should never have done. You tricked someone younger and less experienced than yourselves into doing your dirty work. In my book, that makes all of you bullies."
"We didn't trick anyone," Jerry insisted.
"Of course you did!" Jessica said, joining Maria in front of the men. "I overheard your phone conversation, with Glen, discussing colored wires. Blake was the only one who could possibly fit the scenario you had put together. We all knew the three of you didn't have twin sisters hidden somewhere. Blake was the only unknown."
"Also, we know you three to well, having lived with you as long as we have," Irene added, joining the others in front of the men. "None of you could have pulled this off. Blake was the only one. So you arranged for him to draw the short straw and you pushed him into doing something he didn't want to do."
"We didn't put a gun to his head. He did it voluntarily," Glen said in their defense.
"Bullshit!" Irene looked Glen straight in the eyes. "You knew how insecure Blake was. We had even talked of it briefly. You know enough psychology, Glen Masters, to be pretty sure he wouldn't back out!"
"Now all that remains is to see that Belinda is taken care of and you, gentlemen, have to do it," Maria said, taking over for Irene.
"Glen, as Blake's immediate supervisor, you will let it be known that Blake gave you his two week notice and that his last day was this past Thursday. You will also tell everyone that you found a replacement for him, one who is every bit as capable. Her name is Belinda Reeves," Irene explained.
"Belinda Reeves? But Blake has to have a drivers license or social security number. Federal law states..." Glen protested.
"We know what the employment laws are," Jessica interrupted. "Maria has friends who can help us with whatever we need...for a price."
As the men looked at Maria, she shrugged. "Hey, I'm Italian. I have family who know 'Family'."
"Exactly. Now since you three men decided to play with another person's life, you have to pay the consequences. A complete set of forged identification including accreditation at a well known university and credit cards for Belinda will run $10,000.00 and you are going to pay for it," Irene told them.
"$10,000.00!" Jerry exclaimed.
"That's just for starters," Jessica continued. "Belinda will need a complete wardrobe and this time WE will take her shopping to get it. No more Wal-Mart clearance. That we estimate that at about
$4000.00."
"$4000.00 just for clothes?!" Chet yelled.
"That's for clothes, shoes, coats and anything else a woman her age would find in her closets," Jessica explained.
"In addition," Maria added, "Belinda will need a place of her own to live. Since she will need to establish credibility with all the utilities, you will pay for all the deposits, her first month's rent and one of you will co-sign on a loan for a new car. That's another $2500.00."
"Which one of us will have to co-sign?" Glen asked.
"Why, we'll just have to draw straws to decide that," Irene said with an evil smile.
Glen just dropped his head into his hands.
"That comes to $16,500.00!" Jerry exclaimed after adding everything up. "Where are we going to get that kind of money."
"Jerry, you're going to sell your bass boat," Jessica said.
"Chet, you're going to sell your pool table and your autographed, Mark McGwire rookie card," Maria added.
"Nooo," Chet moaned.
"And Glen, since you seem to have been the ring leader, you are going to sell that hot little sports car you keep covered up in the garage," Irene demanded.
"Wait, if we sell all that, it will come to more than the $16,500.00 you say you need to fund Blake's transformation," Glen argued. He didn't want to part with the vintage Corvette Sting Ray that he had worked so hard to restore.
"Any money over what is needed to establish Belinda in her new life will be put into a savings account in her name. You have to realize, she is starting out with nothing. She needs something to fall back on in case of an emergency," Jessica explained.
"And what if we refuse to do it?" Glen asked.
"If you refuse, you will each find yourselves slapped with divorce papers based on irreconcilable differences. You will each have to sell everything we already mentioned and more in the settlements!" Irene threatened.
Belinda held her breath. This was the part she didn't agree with. The last thing she wanted was to be the reason her friends' marriages broke up.
There was silence as each man tried to tell if their wives were bluffing. It was the biggest hand of poker they had ever played What they would win was small in comparison to what they would lose if their wives weren't bluffing.
"Ok, you got me," Jerry conceded.
"I'm in," Chet said with a heavy sigh.
Everyone looked at Glen.
"Alright! I don't think it's fair, but alright, I'll sell my car," he grumbled.
Belinda let out the breath she had been holding and Stephanie squeezed her hand in congratulations.
"Tomorrow, each of you will borrow against your 401K plans, your share of what it will take to set Belinda up. The sooner you sell your items, the sooner you can repay those loans," Jessica insisted.
"But the interest we'll lose doing that..." Chet started.
"Then I guess you better hope your pool table and baseball card sells quickly," Maria said.
"I hope more than anything else that you have realized that you can't play with other peoples lives the way you did with Belinda's," Jessica stated.
After that, all the women left the break room, leaving the men to commiserate with each other.
"I can't believe it worked!" Belinda exclaimed, overjoyed.
"Darling, as a woman, you will find you have the power to get a man to do almost anything. You just have to find the right way to motivate him," Irene explained. "By the way, welcome to the sisterhood."
Each of the women gave Belinda a hug. By the time each had a turn, Belinda was crying tears of happiness. She finally knew who she was and had true friends that cared about her. Her future looked promising. And all this was thanks to a women's conference.
The End.